texlive[55218] Master/texmf-dist: classpack (20may20)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Wed May 20 23:38:46 CEST 2020
Revision: 55218
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=55218
Author: karl
Date: 2020-05-20 23:38:45 +0200 (Wed, 20 May 2020)
Log Message:
-----------
classpack (20may20)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/VERSION
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/MANIFEST 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,17 +1,6 @@
-README
-MANIFEST
classpack.dtx
classpack.ins
classpack.pdf
-classpack.sty
-doctexbook.dtd
-getgis.sh
-test.sh
-../db2dtx.xsl
-../db2bibtex.xsl
-../db2plaintext.xsl
-../decommentbbl.awk
-doctexbook.dtd
-lppl.xml
-../prepost.xml
-../readme.xml
+MANIFEST
+README.md
+VERSION
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-README
-This is the README file for the classpack package.
-1 Summary
-LaTeX document classes and packages are normally created, maintained,
-and distributed in .dtx format using the ltxdoc class, which provides
-facilities for modular or fragmentary coding combined with interleaved
-documentation. However, the accurate construction of these files is
-technically challenging.
-ClassPack allows a developer to create an XML document containing user
-documentation and annotated code, based on the DocBook vocabulary (with
-some minor abuses). An XSLT2 script then generates the .dtx and .ins
-files, ensuring that all the relevant pieces are emitted in the correct
-order and in the correct syntax.
-This is experimental software, and is incomplete. It has been
-successfully used in-house by the author since 2008 for several
-institutional and commercial packages and classes. There are some known
-deficiencies which remain to be corrected, and some legacy code
-(originally included for one specific package) which needs to be removed
-to an external file.
-A paper describing the system has been accepted for the Balisage markup
-conference 2013 in Montréal.
-
-2 Normal installation
-This package is distributed as a .tds.zip file (TDS is the TeX Directory
-Structure, the standard layout for a modern TeX installation). Install
-it on any personal TDS-compliant TeX system by unzipping it into your
-personal TeX directory (folder). This will put all the files into the
-right places, so you can start using them immediately.
-If you haven't yet created a personal TeX directory, see below for
-details of what one is, and how to create it.
-On a shared (multiuser) system like a server, unzip it into the
-$TEXMFLOCAL directory instead (see below), and run your TeX
-directory-indexing program (eg texhash, mktexlsr, Update FNDB, etc) so
-that everyone can use it.
-If you are using an old non-TDS-compliant system, see below under Manual
-Installation.
-2.1 Your personal TeX directory
-This is a directory (folder) on single-user systems like desktops and
-laptops where you put all your local manual modifications, updates, and
-additions such as classes, packages, and fonts. The name and location
-are fixed:
- Apple Mac OS X
- ~/Library/texmf
- Unix and GNU/Linux
- ~/texmf
- MS-Windows 95/XP
- C:\texmf
- MS-Windows 2007 and above
- Computer\System\YOURNAME\texmf
-Create that folder if it does not already exist.
- WARNING: If you are a Windows user running MiKTeX
- !
- ! When you create the folder, you must add it to MiKTeX's list of
- ! supported folders. Run the MiKTeX Maintenance/Settings program,
- ! select the Roots tab, and add the folder. You only have to do this
- ! once.
- !
- ! Each time you add or remove software in your personal TeX folder,
- ! you MUST also click on the Update FNDB button in the General tab.
-
-Unix (Mac and GNU/Linux) users do not need to (indeed, should not) run
-their filename database indexer (mktexlsr or texhash) for files put in
-your personal TeX directory.
-2.2 Installation on shared systems
-On multi-user systems (Unix-based), identify the shared local directory
-tree with the command
- kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL'
-
-This will give you the location of the shared texmf directory into which
-you must install these files.
-Do not forget to run the texhash or mktexlsr (filename indexer) program
-after installation, otherwise the files will not be found by LaTeX and
-nothing will work!
-
-3 Manual installation (non-TDS systems)
-To install this software manually, unzip the zip file into a temporary
-directory and move the classpack.sty file from the tex/latex/classpack
-directory to a location (directory/folder) where LaTeX will find it on
-your system. This referred to in some documentation as "the TEXINPUTS
-directory", although it may be called something else on your system.
-IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO KNOW WHERE THIS LOCATION IS. See the
-question in the TeX FAQ at
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf for more
-information. If you do not know, or cannot find it, or do not have
-access to it, your TeX system may be out of date need replacing.
-3.1 Last resort
-In an emergency, and as a last resort on unmanageable systems, it is
-possible simply to put the classpack.sty file in your current working
-directory (the same folder as your .tex file[s]).
-While this may work, it is not supported, and may lead to other
-resources (packages, fonts, etc) not being found.
-
-4 Usage
-Make this the first line of your LaTeX document:
- \usepackage[options]{classpack}
-
-Read the documentation for the options available. The documentation is
-distributed as a PDF document in the zip file. You can also regenerate
-it by typesetting the classpack.dtx file with LaTeX (and BiBTeX and
-makeindex) in the normal way.
-
-5 Bugs and TODO
-No outstanding reported bugs at the time of this version, but there are
-many facilities and features unimplemented, and the documentation is
-incomplete.
-
-6 Copyright
-The following statement is included in the source code:
-% Extracted from classpack.xml
-% classpack.sty is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
-%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
-% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
-% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%
-% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
-%
-% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
-% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
-% in the MANIFEST.
-
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README.md 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+
+[//]: # (classpack LaTeX package)
+
+# classpack
+
+This is the README.md file for the classpack LaTeX package v1.19 (2020-05-19)
+generated by ClassPack v.1.19 (2020-05-19) on 20 May 2020 at 14:32:36
+
+## Summary
+
+LaTeX document classes and packages are conventionally created,
+maintained, and distributed in DocTeX (`.dtx`) format using the _ltxdoc_
+class, which provides for interleaved code and documentation (“literate
+programming”). However, the accurate construction of these files is
+technically challenging, and editing them is tedious and error-prone.
+
+_ClassPack_ allows a developer to create a _DocBook5_ XML document for a
+class or package, containing the documentation and annotated code, and
+it provides XSLT3 scripts to generate the `.dtx`, `.ins`, and other
+files, which can be combined into a zip file suitable for submission to
+CTAN.
+
+_This package __classpack__ contains the small typographic adjustments
+and utilities needed to re-typeset the documentation of classes and
+packages developed using __classpack-dev__. It is not used for any other
+purpose and is not required for using any other class or package, only
+for the documentation of __ClassPack__–developed classes and packages._
+
+**You do not need to install the upcoming development package
+**_classpack-dev_** unless you want to develop classes or packages by
+using **_ClassPack_** yourself.**
+
+_ClassPack_ is a work-in-progress. A paper describing an earlier version
+was presented at the Balisage markup conference in Montréal (Flynn,
+2013).
+
+
+## Automated installation
+
+If this package is distributed from CTAN, it should be in a zip file
+which allows it to be installed automatically by the TeX Live Manager
+(tlmgr) and similar automated installers.
+
+If you are using automated LaTeX package installation, no further action
+is required: the package will be installed the first time you use it in
+a LaTeX document.
+
+If you are using the TeX Live Manager (_tlmgr_) program manually, you
+can install this package with the command:
+
+ $ tlmgr install classpack
+
+
+## TDS installation
+
+This package is also available as a TeX Directory System (TDS) zip file
+(`.tds.zip`). This is the standard directory layout for a modern TeX
+installation which enables the package to be unzipped directly into your
+Personal TeX Directory without the need to use _tlmgr_. If you haven’t
+yet created a Personal TeX Directory, see below for details of what one
+is, and how to create it.
+ * You can install this package on any TDS-compliant personal system
+(laptop, desktop, workstation, table, smartphone, PDA, etc) by unzipping
+it straight into your Personal TeX Directory. This will put all the
+files into the right places, so you can start using them immediately.
+ * On a shared (multiuser) system like a server, the administrator can
+unzip it into the `$TEXMFLOCAL` directory instead (see below), and run
+your TeX directory-indexing program (eg _texhash_, _mktexlsr_, etc) so
+that everyone can use it.
+ * If you are using an old non-TDS-compliant system, see below under Manual
+Installation.
+
+### Your Personal TeX Directory
+
+This is a directory (folder) where you should put all local manual
+modifications (updates, additions such as new or updated classes,
+packages, and fonts) that are _not_ handled automatically by _tlmgr_.
+The name and location are fixed (for all practical purposes):
+ * Apple Mac OS X
+
+ ~/Library/texmf
+ * Unix and GNU/Linux
+
+ ~/texmf
+ * MS-Windows 95/XP/NT
+
+ C:\texmf
+ * MS-Windows 2007 and above
+
+ Computer\System\YOURNAME\texmf
+
+Create that folder now if it does not already exist. Put (or unzip) all
+additions to your system that are _not_ handled by _tlmgr_ into this
+directory, following _exactly_ the subdirectory structure that is used
+in your main TeX distribution (unzipping a TDS file does this for you).
+This is what enables LaTeX to find stuff automatically.
+
+
+> #### If you are a Windows user running _MiKTeX_
+> When you create the folder for your Personal TeX Directory, you MUST add it to _MiKTeX_ ’s list of supported folders. Run the _MiKTeX Maintenance/Settings_ program, select the `Roots` tab, and add the folder. You only have to do this once.
+> > Each time you add or remove software in your Personal TeX Directory, you MUST then click on the `Update FNDB` button in the `General` tab of the _MiKTeX Maintenance/Settings_ program, otherwise _MiKTeX_ will not find them and nothing will work!
+>
+
+Unix (Mac and GNU/Linux) users do not need to (indeed, should not) run
+their filename database indexer program (_mktexlsr_ or _texhash_) for
+files put into a personal TeX directory.
+
+
+## Installation on shared systems
+
+On multi-user systems (Unix-based), identify the shared local directory
+tree with the command
+
+ kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL'
+
+This will give you the location of the shared `texmf` directory into
+which you must unzip these files.
+
+Do not forget to run your local TeX filename database indexer program
+(_texhash_ or _mktexlsr_) after installation, otherwise the files will
+not be found by LaTeX and nothing will work!
+
+
+## Manual installation (non-TDS systems)
+
+To install this software manually, download and unzip the _non-_TDS zip
+file into a temporary directory and move the class and/or package
+file[s] and other files to the proper locations where LaTeX will find
+them on your system. This is referred to in some documentation as “the
+`TEXINPUTS` directory”, although it may be called something else on your
+system.
+
+_It is your responsibility to know where this location is._ See the
+question in the TeX FAQ at
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf for more
+information. If you do not know, or cannot find it, or do not have
+access to it, your TeX system may be out of date and may need replacing.
+
+
+
+## Online systems and “last resort” systems
+
+Some online LaTeX systems use CTAN, so a package from there should be
+available on demand. For other online LaTeX systems where you do not
+have access to the file system, unzip the _non-_TDS zip file into a
+temporary directory and upload the files to the online system. Follow
+their instructions for where to put them.
+
+In an emergency, or as a last resort on unmanageable systems, it is
+possible simply to put the class and/or package file[s] into your
+current working directory (the same folder as your `.tex` file[s]).
+
+While this may work, it is not supported, and may lead to other
+resources (packages, fonts, images etc) not being found.
+
+
+## Usage
+
+Include the line shown below in the Preamble of your LaTeX document; a
+`\documentclass` line should be at the top; a `\usepackage` command
+normally goes anywhere in the Preamble:
+
+ \usepackage[options]{classpack}
+
+(similarly for other classes or packages if more than one is supplied
+with this package). Read the documentation for the options available, if
+any. The documentation is distributed as a PDF document in the zip file.
+You can also regenerate it by typesetting the `classpack.dtx` file with
+`xelatex` (and `biber` and _makeindex_) in the normal way.
+
+
+## Bugs and TODO
+
+No outstanding reported bugs at the time of this version.
+
+For TODO items, see the PDF documentation.
+
+
+## Copyright
+
+The following statement is included in the source code:
+
+ Transformed from classpack.xml by ClassPack db2dtx.xsl
+ version 1.19 (2020-05-19) on Wednesday 20 May 2020 at 14:32:36
+
+ classpack.sty is copyright © 2012-2020 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+
+ This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
+ version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
+ version. The latest version of this license is in:
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+ and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
+ LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+ This work has the LPPL maintenance status ‘maintained’.
+
+ The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+
+ This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
+ the derived file ,
+ and any other ancillary files listed in the MANIFEST.
+
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/VERSION
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/VERSION (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/VERSION 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Date of most recent change is 2020-05-19
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/classpack.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2bibtex.xsl 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,592 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
- version="2.0">
-
- <xsl:template match="db:bibliography">
- <xsl:if test="title">
- <xsl:text>% \renewcommand{\bibname}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="title"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count(//db:biblioref) +
- count(//db:citetitle[@linkend]) +
- count(//db:blockquote[@linkend])=0">
- <xsl:text>% \nocite{*}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
-% \raggedright
-% \bibliography{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-% \bibliographystyle{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@label"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-% \begin{VerbatimOut}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>.bib}
-%<*ignore>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>%</ignore>
-% \end{VerbatimOut}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry">
- <xsl:text>@</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@xreflabel='standard' and @role">
- <xsl:text>techreport</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@xreflabel='patent'">
- <xsl:text>misc</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel='standard' and @role">
- <xsl:text>,
publisher 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel='inproceedings'
- and not(descendant::db:publisher)
- and not(descendant::db:publishername)
- and not(descendant::db:orgname)
- and not(descendant::db:volumenum)
- and not(descendant::db:issuenum)">
- <xsl:text>,
publisher 	 = {Unpublished}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="not(descendant::db:date) and descendant::db:confdates">
- <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:confdates[1]">
- <xsl:call-template name="dodate"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry/db:authorgroup">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>,
shortauthor 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:author[1]/db:personname/db:surname |
- db:author[1]/db:orgname |
- db:editor[1]/db:personname/db:surname"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count(db:author)+count(db:editor)=2">
- <xsl:text> \& </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:author[2]/db:personname/db:surname |
- db:author[2]/db:orgname |
- db:editor[2]/db:personname/db:surname"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> \textit{et al.}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!--
- <xsl:if test="db:editor">
- <xsl:text> (Ed</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="count(db:editor)>1">
- <xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:author |
- db:biblioentry//db:editor |
- db:biblioentry//db:authorgroup/db:author |
- db:biblioentry//db:authorgroup/db:editor">
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()])=0">
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()]">
- <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- only one -->
- <xsl:for-each select="db:personname | db:orgname">
- <xsl:if test="db:firstname">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="db:firstname/@role='as-is'">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="db:othername">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:othername"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="local-name()='orgname'">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(db:surname,' ')">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="db:honorific">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:honorific"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::*[name()=current()/name()])=0">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <!-- do shortauthor for solo authors/editors here -->
- <xsl:if test="count(../*[name()=current()/name()]) = 1
- and not(parent::db:authorgroup)">
- <xsl:text>,
short</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:personname/db:surname | db:orgname"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:corpauthor">
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author |
- preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
- <xsl:text>,
author 	 = {{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:author |
- preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor">
- <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@remap">
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="not(@remap)">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:author |
- following-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author |
- preceding-sibling::db:corpauthor)=0">
- <xsl:text>,
shortauthor 	 = {{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@remap">
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(normalize-space(.),
- '.,;:-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ','')"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioset">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:title">
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if field is hardwired, use it -->
- <xsl:when test="@role">
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- article titles are inside the biblioset -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioset">
- <xsl:text>title</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- articles use this for the journal because the article
- title was wrapped in a biblioset -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='article'">
- <xsl:text>journal</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- books and collections and journals use it for the booktitle -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='inbook' or
- parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='incollection' or
- parent::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='inproceedings'">
- <xsl:text>booktitle</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>title</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- if there is a matching subtitle, pick the right one -->
- <xsl:for-each select="following-sibling::db:subtitle
- [@role=current()/@role or
- (not(@role) and not(current()/@role))]">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="starts-with(.,'(')">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioentry//db:subtitle"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioid | db:bibliosource |
- db:citebiblioid | db:isbn | db:issn">
- <!-- doi isbn isrn issn libraryofcongress pubsnumber uri other -->
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@class='uri'">
- <xsl:text>url</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='doi'">
- <xsl:value-of select="@class"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="local-name()='isbn' or
- @class='isbn' or
- ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='book'">
- <xsl:text>isbn</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="local-name()='issn' or
- @class='issn' or
- ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='article'">
- <xsl:text>issn</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>number</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@class='other' and @otherclass">
- <xsl:value-of select="@otherclass"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='libraryofcongress'">
- <xsl:text>LoC</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@YYYY-MM-DD
- and ancestor::db:bibliography/@label='apacite'">
- <xsl:text>,
lastchecked 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>8">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,9,2)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>5">
- <xsl:call-template name="months">
- <xsl:with-param name="month"
- select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@YYYY-MM-DD and not(ancestor::db:biblioentry//db:date)">
- <xsl:text>,
year 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>5">
- <xsl:text>,
month 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="months">
- <xsl:with-param name="month"
- select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:titleabbrev">
- <xsl:text>,
shorttitle 	 = {{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:bibliocoverage">
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:seriesvolnums">
- <xsl:text>,
number 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
- <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:collab">
- <xsl:text>,
note 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:publisher">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='misc'">
- <xsl:text>,
howpublished 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:address/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:publishername/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:publishername">
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='techreport' or
- ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='standard'">
- <xsl:text>institution</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='phdthesis' or
- ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='mastersthesis'">
- <xsl:text>school</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>publisher</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:confgroup">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:conftitle">
- <xsl:text>,
series 	 = {{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="../db:confdates">
- <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="../db:confdates/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:confsponsor">
- <xsl:text>,
organization 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:confgroup/db:address">
- <xsl:text>,
address 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:confdates"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:confnum">
- <xsl:text>,
series 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:date">
- <xsl:call-template name="dodate"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="dodate">
- <xsl:text>,
year 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="string-length(@YYYY-MM-DD)>=7">
- <xsl:text>,
month 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="month">
- <xsl:call-template name="months">
- <xsl:with-param name="month"
- select="number(substring(@YYYY-MM-DD,6,2))"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring($month,1,3)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:biblioentry/@xreflabel='pc'">
- <xsl:text>,
howpublished 	 = {Pers.\ Comm.}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:productnumber">
- <xsl:text>,
number 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:pagenums|db:artpagenums">
- <xsl:text>,
pages 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,'–','-')"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:volumenum">
- <xsl:text>,
volume 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:releaseinfo">
- <xsl:text>,
url 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:issuenum | db:invpartnumber">
- <xsl:text>,
number 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:publisher/db:address">
- <xsl:text>,
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="starts-with(normalize-space(.),'http://') or
- starts-with(normalize-space(.),'ftp://') or
- starts-with(normalize-space(.),'mailto:') or
- starts-with(normalize-space(.),'https://')">
- <xsl:text>url</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>address</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:edition">
- <xsl:text>,
edition 	 = {</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="not(number(.))">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='1' and
- substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='11'">
- <xsl:text>st</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='2' and
- substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='12'">
- <xsl:text>nd</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="substring(.,string-length(.))='3' and
- substring(.,string-length(.)-1)!='13'">
- <xsl:text>rd</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>th</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="months">
- <xsl:param name="month"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$month=1">
- <xsl:text>January</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=2">
- <xsl:text>February</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=3">
- <xsl:text>March</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=4">
- <xsl:text>April</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=5">
- <xsl:text>May</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=6">
- <xsl:text>June</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=7">
- <xsl:text>July</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=8">
- <xsl:text>August</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=9">
- <xsl:text>September</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=10">
- <xsl:text>October</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=11">
- <xsl:text>November</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$month=12">
- <xsl:text>December</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Month must be a number from 1 to 12 in </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>NaN</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2dtx.xsl 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,5378 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
- version="2.0">
-
- <!-- db2dtx.xsl
- XSL script to transform DocBook5 documentation and code of a
- LaTeX package or class file into a DocTeX (.dtx and .ins)
- distribution.
- Full processing command chain is output to file 'build'
- Note this requires an XSLT2 processor (eg Saxon9 or above)
- -->
-
- <xsl:variable name="thisversion">
- <xsl:text>15.02 (autopackage with multifile)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:output method="text"/>
- <xsl:output method="text" name="textFormat"/>
-
- <xsl:include href="db2bibtex.xsl"/>
- <xsl:include href="db2plaintext.xsl"/>
-
- <!-- path to the XSLT processor (eg Saxon) -->
- <xsl:param name="processor"/>
- <!-- path to the classpack directory -->
- <xsl:param name="cpdir"/>
- <!-- path to the project's app dev directory -->
- <xsl:param name="appdir"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="prepost"
- select="document(concat($cpdir,'/prepost.xml'))/db:refsection"/>
- <xsl:variable name="langs"
- select="document(concat($cpdir,'/languages.xml'))/languages"/>
- <xsl:variable name="readme"
- select="document(concat($cpdir,'/readme.xml'))/db:chapter"/>
- <xsl:variable name="licence"
- select="document(concat($appdir,'/',/db:book/@audience,'.xml'))/db:chapter"/>
- <xsl:variable name="thisdoc" select="/"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="maxcodelen">
- <xsl:text>40</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:variable name="personaltree">
- <xsl:text>~/texmf</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:variable name="name" select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:variable name="doctype" select="/db:book/@arch"/>
- <xsl:variable name="version" select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:variable name="revision" select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:variable name="filetype" select="/db:book/@userlevel"/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="latestrevhist"
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision
- [not(../db:revision/@version > @version)]/@version"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="/">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>This is DB2DTX, Version </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$thisversion"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <!-- don't do anything if the version numbers don't accord -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="concat($version,'.',$revision) != $latestrevhist">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>! Declared version </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$revision"/>
- <xsl:text> does not match latest revision history </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$latestrevhist"/>
- <xsl:text>
 I'm sorry, I can't go on until you fix this.</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <!-- output the .ins file first -->
- <xsl:apply-templates select="/db:book/db:info" mode="ins"/>
- <!-- then the build file -->
- <xsl:call-template name="build"/>
- <!-- then the README -->
- <xsl:call-template name="readme"/>
- <!-- and then the MANIFEST -->
- <xsl:call-template name="manifest"/>
- <!-- and finally start creating the .dtx file -->
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse meta-comment
-%
-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
- <xsl:with-param name="ftype">
- <xsl:text>dtx</xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>%
-% \fi
-% \iffalse
</xsl:text>
- <!-- special exception for classes: needs \ProvidesFile -->
- <xsl:if test="$doctype='class'">
- <xsl:text>%<*driver>
-\ProvidesFile{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}
-%</driver>
-</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- prefix with <class> or <package> as appropriate -->
- <xsl:text>%<</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>\NeedsTeXFormat{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@conformance"/>
- <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(/db:book/@condition,'-','/')"/>
- <xsl:text>]
-%<</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>\Provides</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(substring($doctype,1,1),
- 'abcdefghijklmn0pqrstuvwxyz',
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMN0PQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring($doctype,2)"/>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <!-- used to be a newline and repeat tag here for classes -->
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text> v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>
%<</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="title">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="//db:info/db:subtitle">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:subtitle)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:title)"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
- <xsl:with-param name="string" select="$title"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <!--
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- -->
- <xsl:text>]
</xsl:text>
- <!-- now add any packages needed for the class/package (only)
- unless they are to be deferred to a later
- section identified by an ID (in linkend)
- This is done to allow declarations to wait until after options.
- -->
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]
- [not(@linkend)]
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
- <xsl:text>%%
-%% Packages that need to be invoked at the start
-%%
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]
- [not(@linkend)]
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
- <xsl:call-template name="packages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
- <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="$filetype"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- then start on the documentation -->
- <xsl:text>%<*driver>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- special action to preload xcolor options -->
- <!-- \PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor} -->
- <xsl:text>\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\documentclass</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/@remap">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{ltxdoc}
</xsl:text>
- <!--
- PACKAGES FOR DOCUMENTATION
-
- Ensure we use all the required packages for documentation
- (this applies in both package and class cases). This invokes
- the pre- and post-commands from prepost.xml -->
- <!-- AUTOPACKAGE: construct a node-set of packages needed -->
- <xsl:variable name="packages">
- <!-- go through every step (package) in the PREPACKAGE spec
- which has a constructorsynopsis element type -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="$prepost/db:procedure/
- db:step/db:constructorsynopsis">
- <!-- build a node-list of elements in the
- USER DOCUMENTATION, METADATA, or LICENCE
- which match the @condition on the constructorsynopsis -->
- <xsl:variable name="elements"
- select="$thisdoc/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc'
- and current()/@condition='']
- |
- $thisdoc/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
- descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]
- |
- $thisdoc/db:book/db:info/
- (db:title|db:author|db:abstract|db:annotation)/
- descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]
- |
- $licence//descendant::*[name()=current()/@condition]"/>
- <!--
- <xsl:if test="count($elements)>0">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Checking for package </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>: 〈</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
- <xsl:text>〉 has </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="count($elements)"/>
- <xsl:text> occurrences</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <!-- if there are some elements matching, and the package is
- not already explicitly requested or is not blocked -->
- <xsl:if test="count($elements)>0 and
- not($thisdoc//db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem
- [db:seg=current()/parent::db:step/@remap]
- [not(@condition='off')])">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if the constructorsynopsis element is empty
- then the package is required unconditionally
- but may be excluded later if another package already
- loads it (specified in @conformance) -->
- <xsl:when test="count(db:methodparam)=0">
- <db:seglistitem role="{@condition} was detected."
- conformance="{@conformance}">
- <db:seg>
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:step/@role">
- <xsl:attribute name="role">
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@role"/>
- </xsl:attribute>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:step/@remap"/>
- </db:seg>
- </db:seglistitem>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise there are two ways to match: -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- 1. a parameter giving the attribute,
- with an optional modifier giving a value -->
- <xsl:when
- test="db:parameter and
- $elements[@*[name()=current()/db:parameter]]">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="count(db:modifier)=0">
- <db:seglistitem role="{parent::db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{db:parameter} was detected."
- conformance="{@conformance}">
- <db:seg>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:step/@role">
- <xsl:attribute name="role">
- <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@role"/>
- </xsl:attribute>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@remap"/>
- </db:seg>
- </db:seglistitem>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:if
- test="$elements[@*[name()=current()/db:parameter]
- =current()/db:modifier]">
- <db:seglistitem role="{parent::db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{db:parameter}='{db:modifier}' was detected."
- conformance="{@conformance}">
- <db:seg>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:step/@role">
- <xsl:attribute name="role">
- <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@role"/>
- </xsl:attribute>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="ancestor::db:step/@remap"/>
- </db:seg>
- </db:seglistitem>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- 2. a funcparams giving the IDREF attribute
- with a modifier giving the name of the
- element type that the IDREF points at -->
- <xsl:when
- test="db:funcparams and
- $elements[@*[name()=current()/db:funcparams]]">
- <xsl:variable name="modval" select="db:modifier"/>
- <xsl:variable name="prepstep"
- select="ancestor::db:step"/>
- <xsl:variable name="prepmeth"
- select="."/>
- <!-- enter the document context -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="$elements/@*[name()=current()/db:funcparams]">
- <xsl:if test="name($thisdoc//*[@xml:id=current()/.])=
- $modval">
- <db:seglistitem role="{$prepstep/db:constructorsynopsis/@condition}/@{$prepmeth/db:funcparams}='{$prepmeth/db:modifier}' was detected."
- conformance="{$prepstep/db:constructorsynopsis/@conformance}">
- <db:seg>
- <xsl:if test="$prepstep/@role">
- <xsl:attribute name="role">
- <xsl:value-of select="$prepstep/@role"/>
- </xsl:attribute>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="$prepstep/@remap"/>
- </db:seg>
- </db:seglistitem>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <!--
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <db:seglistitem
- role="parameter:{db:parameter};funcparams={db:funcparams};modifier={db:modifier}"
- conformance="{@conformance}">
- <db:seg>unmatched</db:seg>
- </db:seglistitem>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- -->
- <!-- there is no otherwise -->
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:variable>
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:value-of select="count($packages/*)"/>
- <xsl:text> packages detected </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> times: names and values are:
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="$packages/*">
- <xsl:value-of select="name()"/>
- <xsl:text> : </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="child::*[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- <xsl:if test="count($packages/db:seglistitem)>0">
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>AUTOPACKAGE</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- <xsl:text>%%
-%% Packages added automatically
-%%
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each-group select="$packages/db:seglistitem"
- group-by="db:seg">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="$packages/db:seglistitem[db:seg=current()/@conformance]">
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Omitting </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:seg"/>
- <xsl:text> automagically</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Adding </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:seg"/>
- <xsl:text> automagically</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- <xsl:call-template name="packages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
- <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="'doc'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- EXTRAS that AUTOPACKAGE can't handle -->
- <!-- 1. Special for babel, needs languages -->
- <xsl:variable name="baselang" select="/db:book/@xml:lang"/>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
- descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]">
- <xsl:text>% added babel automatically
\usepackage[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each-group group-by="@xml:lang"
- select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
- descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
- ' ')[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- <xsl:value-of select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=$baselang]/@babel,
- ' ')[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>]{babel}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Adding babel automatically for </xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each-group group-by="@xml:lang"
- select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
- descendant::*[@xml:lang][@xml:lang!=$baselang]
- [not(local-name()='cmdsynopsis' or
- local-name()='command' or
- local-name()='literal' or
- local-name()='methodsynopsis')]">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
- ' ')[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=$baselang]/@babel,
- ' ')[1]"/>
- </xsl:message>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 2. any extra package required by the documentation
- bibliography style. TODO: check prepost.xml -->
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part
- //db:bibliography[@xreflabel]">
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/db:part
- //db:bibliography/@xreflabel"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 3. url needed for metadata or abstract?
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info//db:author/db:email |
- /db:book/db:info//db:author/db:uri |
- /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:ulink |
- /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:uri |
- /db:book/db:info/db:abstract//db:email">
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{url}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <!-- 4. load THIS package for use in the documentation? -->
- <xsl:if test="$doctype='package' and /db:book/@xlink:role">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Adding </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text> as specified</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/@xlink:role!=''">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xlink:role"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
- <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>]% added by specification
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 5. Process all the requested packages last!
- optionally use segtitle? -->
- <xsl:text>%%
-%% Packages added by author
-%%
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem
- [db:seg!=''][not(db:seg/@condition='off')]">
- <xsl:call-template name="packages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
- <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="'doc'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- additional settings or documentation (again, applies to both) -->
- <xsl:apply-templates select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']
- /db:cmdsynopsis[.!='']"/>
- <!-- 6. Finally add classpack.sty for bells and whistles -->
- <xsl:text>\usepackage{classpack}
-%%
-%% Settings for docstrip and latexdoc
-%%
-\EnableCrossrefs
-\CodelineIndex
-\RecordChanges
-\newlength{\revmarg}
-\setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- struts only used in tabular setting -->
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc']/
- descendant::db:tgroup">
- <xsl:text>\newcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
-\newcommand{\prestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
-\newcommand{\poststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\begin{document}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:book/@annotations)"/>
- <xsl:text>
 \DocInput{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@security"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:text>% \changes{v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(
- db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:title)"/>
- <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="count(db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem)=1">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(
- db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="db:revdescription/db:itemizedlist/db:listitem">
- <xsl:number/>
- <xsl:text>) </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>.}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>%
-% \GetFileInfo{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%
-% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin}
-% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces}
-% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup}
-% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef}
-% \DoNotIndex{\egroup}
-% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist}
-% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global}
-% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if at inlabel,\if at tempswa,\if at twocolumn}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
-% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
-% \DoNotIndex{\m at ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
-% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc}
-% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
-% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox}
-% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
-% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
-% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim}
-% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
-% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\markboth,\mathcode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
-% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak}
-% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb}
-% \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]}
-% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@}
-% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q}
-% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H}
-% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z}
-% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0}
-% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_}
-% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
-% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
-% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
-% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\if at minipage,\if at restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\newtoks,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting}
-% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
-% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse}
-% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
-% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault,\DeclareRobustCommand}
-</xsl:text>
- <!-- add an entry for examples except those with spaces -->
- <xsl:for-each-group select="//db:command
- [not(@role)]
- [not(contains(.,' ') or contains(.,'{'))]"
- group-by="normalize-space(.)">
- <xsl:text>% \DoNotIndex{\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover/db:constraintdef[@xml:id='startdoc']
- /db:procedure/db:step[normalize-space(.)!='']
- /db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@')">
- <xsl:text>% \makeatletter
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@')">
- <xsl:text>% \makeatother
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>%
</xsl:text>
- <!-- now the fun starts -->
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="db:book/db:info |
- db:book/db:part[@xml:id='doc'] |
- db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code'] |
- db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info/db:abstract">
- <xsl:if test="db:title">
- <xsl:text>% \renewcommand{\abstractname}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}\thispagestyle{empty}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \begin{abstract}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- fix broken abstract when parskip is used
- parskip is a default, so only do this when
- it has been manually disabled -->
- <xsl:if test="not(//db:constraintdef[@xml:id='docpackages']//
- db:seglistitem/db:seg[.='parskip'][@condition='off'])">
- <xsl:text>% \parskip=0.5\baselineskip
-% \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt
-% \parindent=0pt</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \noindent
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{abstract}
-% \clearpage
-% \tableofcontents
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="file">
- <xsl:text>README</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$readme/*" mode="readme"/>
- </xsl:result-document>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="manifest">
- <xsl:variable name="file">
- <xsl:text>MANIFEST</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
- <!-- these two files are always there -->
- <xsl:text>README
-MANIFEST
-</xsl:text>
- <!-- most of the rest: the .dtx and .ins files, the .pdf
- documentation, and any ancillary files -->
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.pdf
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- add any extra files extracted from the .dtx file -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
- /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]
- |
- /db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
- /db:chapter/db:programlisting">
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- add any extra files listed in the .xml file -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
- /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- add any secondary files generated -->
- <!-- TODO -->
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:result-document>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- seglistitems containing the packages needed are passed here -->
-
- <xsl:template name="packages">
- <!-- packages are given as seglistitems -->
- <xsl:param name="pkg"/>
- <!-- documentation (dest=doc) or class/package (dest=cls/pkg) -->
- <xsl:param name="dest"/>
- <!-- know whether this is operating in deferred mode or not -->
- <xsl:param name="mode">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <!--[DEFERRED] start the package documentation block-->
- <xsl:if test="$mode='deferred'">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{package}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- doc for cls/sty output to .dtx -->
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para"/>
- <xsl:if
- test="count($prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para)=0">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>ADVISORY: Package </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
- <xsl:text> for </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:text> has no documentation in prepost.xml</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- additional per-sty/cls documentation from the
- maintained document (or if generated by autopackage) -->
- <xsl:if test="@role">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@role)"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- repeat for embedded comment doc -->
- <xsl:if test="count($prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para)>0">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/db:para" mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check if any special preprocessing is needed
- for documentation packages out of prepost.xml
- in the constraintdef element type -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]
- /db:constraintdef/db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
- <!-- checks for escaping internals only needed in doc mode -->
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
- <xsl:text>\makeatletter
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- output any predefined commands -->
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- [DEFERRED] add any comment from seg here
- non-deferred comments get output *as* comments later
- <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@role">
- <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($pkg/db:seg/@role)"/>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <!-- checks for escaping internals only needed in doc mode -->
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
- <xsl:text>\makeatother
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- decide on \usepackage (doc) or \RequirePackage (cls/sty) -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- [DEFERRED] just needs RequirePackage -->
- <xsl:when test="$mode='deferred'">
- <xsl:text>\RequirePackage</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- stypackages or clspackages in non-deferred mode
- need armour and RequirePackage -->
- <xsl:when test="$dest=$filetype">
- <xsl:text>%<</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>\RequirePackage</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise it's plain \usepackage (for documentation) -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\usepackage</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- output package options in either case -->
- <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@role
- or
- $prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']/
- db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/@role">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- omit if role="" was specified -->
- <xsl:when test="$pkg/db:seg/@role and $pkg/db:seg/@role=''">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <!-- try to deduplicate -->
- <xsl:variable name="reqs">
- <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg/@role"/>
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']/
- db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]/@role"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:variable name="args">
- <xsl:for-each select="tokenize(normalize-space($reqs),',')">
- <arg>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- </arg>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="rewrap">
- <xsl:with-param name="text">
- <xsl:for-each
- select="$args/arg[.!=''][not(preceding-sibling::arg=.)]">
- <xsl:if test="position()>1">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- then the package name -->
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$pkg/db:seg"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <!-- and the version check, if any -->
- <xsl:if test="$pkg/db:seg/@version">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(substring($pkg/db:seg/@version,1,10),'-','/')"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- only append comment in non-deferred mode
- [DEFERRED] ones were added earlier as text -->
- <xsl:if test="$pkg/@role and $mode=''">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space($pkg/@role)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- check if any corresponding postprocessing is needed -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=$pkg/db:seg]
- /db:constraintdef/db:cmdsynopsis/db:command">
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
- <xsl:text>\makeatletter
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="contains(.,'@') and $mode=''">
- <xsl:text>\makeatother
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- [DEFERRED] terminate the code and output any postpackage
- documentation -->
- <xsl:if test="$mode='deferred'">
- <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="$prepost/db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage']
- /db:step[contains(@condition,$dest)]
- [@remap=current()/db:seg]/para"/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{package}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- now see if the package we are documenting needs itself
- loading for the documentation (eg for examples)
- (only applies in non-deferred mode) -->
- <xsl:if test="$mode='' and
- $dest='doc' and $doctype='package' and /db:book/@role">
- <xsl:text>% \usepackage</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/@role!=''">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@role"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>}% added by specification
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- rewrap designed for long options list in
- \RequirePackage -->
-
- <xsl:template name="rewrap">
- <!-- text is a comma-separated vector or arguments -->
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <!-- maxlen is the max line length to output -->
- <xsl:param name="maxlen">
- <xsl:text>32</xsl:text>
- <!-- maxlen becomes 50 after the first line -->
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if text is an overlong string but contains a comma -->
- <xsl:when test="string-length($text)>$maxlen and
- contains($text,',')">
- <!-- see if there is a comma within the first $maxlen chars -->
- <xsl:variable name="prelastcomma">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(substring($text,1,$maxlen),',')">
- <xsl:analyze-string select="substring($text,1,$maxlen)"
- regex="^(.*)(,)([^,]*)$">
- <xsl:matching-substring>
- <xsl:value-of select="concat(regex-group(1),',')"/>
- </xsl:matching-substring>
- <xsl:non-matching-substring>
- <xsl:text>ERROR FINDING COMMA IN SUBSTRING</xsl:text>
- </xsl:non-matching-substring>
- </xsl:analyze-string>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- No comma in range, test whole string -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:analyze-string select="$text"
- regex="^(.*)(,)([^,]*)$">
- <xsl:matching-substring>
- <xsl:value-of select="concat(regex-group(1),',')"/>
- </xsl:matching-substring>
- <xsl:non-matching-substring>
- <xsl:text>ERROR FINDING COMMA IN WHOLE STRING</xsl:text>
- </xsl:non-matching-substring>
- </xsl:analyze-string>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:value-of select="$prelastcomma"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- seems not to be needed -->
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:constraintdef
- [@xml:id=concat($filetype,'packages')]">
- <!--
- <xsl:text>
%<</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>> </xsl:text>
- -->
- <xsl:text>
 </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>
 </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:call-template name="rewrap">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="normalize-space(substring-after($text,$prelastcomma))"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="maxlen">
- <xsl:text>50</xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- cmdsynopses contain special defs for documentation -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:cmdsynopsis">
- <xsl:if test="position()=1 and ../db:cmdsynopsis[contains(.,'@')]">
- <xsl:text>\makeatletter
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- new \write files: new: no arg -->
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='newwrite'">
- <xsl:text>\newwrite\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- new counters -->
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='counter'">
- <xsl:text>\newcounter{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:arg">
- <xsl:text>\setcounter{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- new lengths -->
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='length'">
- <xsl:text>\newlength{\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:arg">
- <xsl:text>\setlength{\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- plain TeX commands -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='TeX'">
- <xsl:if test="@role='long'">
- <xsl:text>\long</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\def\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:arg/@wordsize">
- <xsl:call-template name="repeatarg">
- <xsl:with-param name="limit" select="db:arg/@wordsize"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="prefix"
- select="substring(db:arg/@annotations,1,
- (string-length(db:arg/@annotations) div 2))"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="suffix"
- select="substring(db:arg/@annotations,
- (string-length(db:arg/@annotations) div 2)+1)"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="db:arg/@remap">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="/db:book/@*[name()=current()/db:arg/@remap]"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>{%
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@remap='environment'
- and count(db:command/db:arg)=2">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@role='renew'">
- <xsl:text>\renewenvironment{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\newenvironment{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <!-- number of arguments, if any -->
- <xsl:if test="db:arg[1]/@wordsize">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[1]/@wordsize"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{%
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{%
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg[2]"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- LaTeX commands -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="db:command/@role='renew'">
- <xsl:text>\renewcommand{\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\newcommand{\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:command"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <!-- number of arguments, if any -->
- <xsl:if test="db:arg/@wordsize">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg/@wordsize"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:arg/@condition">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg/@condition"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- remap is a reference to an attribute of the root
- element, eg arch means use @arch -->
- <xsl:when test="db:arg/@remap">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="/db:book/@*[name()=current()/db:arg/@remap]"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>{%
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:arg"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last() and ../db:cmdsynopsis[contains(.,'@')]">
- <xsl:text>\makeatother
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- for info, we omit the cover settings (done earlier)-->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info">
- <xsl:message>
- <!--
- <xsl:text> on </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$host"/>
- -->
- <xsl:text>Creating </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text> '</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>' (v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$revision"/>
- <xsl:text>) with checksum </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@security"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:cover"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info/db:title">
- <!-- if this is a class, or a package which has not been
- loaded in the documentation, ensure the \fileversion
- and \filedate values are made available -->
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/@arch='package' or
- not(/db:book/@xlink:role)">
- <xsl:text>% \def\fileversion{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>}
% \def\filedate{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \title{The </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text> \textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>} \LaTeXe\ </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$doctype='class'">
- <xsl:text>document class</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>\thanks{%
% This document corresponds to \textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>}
% \textit{v.}\ \fileversion, dated \filedate.}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:info/descendant::db:author/
- db:contrib[@role='sponsor']">
- <xsl:text>\enspace\thanks{%
% Development has been supported by </xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="ancestor::db:info/descendant::db:author/
- db:contrib[@role='sponsor']">
- <xsl:if test="position()>1">
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:text>and </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>.}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
% \\[1em]\Large 
% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="following-sibling::db:subtitle[not(@role='labelonly')]">
- <xsl:text>
% \\[1ex]\large 
% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="following-sibling::db:subtitle/node()"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info/db:subtitle"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info//db:author">
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=0">
- <xsl:text>% \author{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:personname/db:*">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:honorific | db:affiliation"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:email">
- <xsl:text>\\\normalsize(\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:email"/>
- <xsl:text>})</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="following-sibling::db:author">
- <xsl:text>
% \and
% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>}
% \maketitle
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:honorific">
- <xsl:text> \textsc{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMN0PQRSTUVWXYZ',
- 'abcdefghijklmn0pqrstuvwxyz')"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:affiliation">
- <xsl:text>\\\normalsize </xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:*">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <!-- encapitalisation for Centre, Hospital, Unit, and Project -->
- <xsl:if test="@remap">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(substring(@remap,1,1),'cuhp','CUHP')"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@remap,2)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>\\[-.25ex]\normalsize </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info/db:releaseinfo |
- db:info/db:annotation |
- db:info/db:revhistory |
- db:info/db:copyright"/>
-
- <!-- normal text -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:para">
- <!-- include percent-space for the fake steps in prepost.xml -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage' or
- @xml:id='postpackage']">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- omit for the first para in a list item -->
- <xsl:when test="(parent::db:listitem or parent::db:step)
- and count(preceding-sibling::db:para)=0">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- omit for the first para in a table cell -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:entry and position()=1">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise include -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- label it if necessary -->
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- remap allows the bodging of (eg) font controls
- to apply just to this paragraph -->
- <xsl:if test="@remap">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- do it -->
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- if this is in a list item, note, footnote, or blockquote
- AND there are no more paragraphs to come,
- THEN DO NOT OUTPUT ANYTHING because the container will
- handle the closing syntax -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- no \par after sole or last para, just a CR -->
- <xsl:when test="(parent::db:listitem or
- parent::db:note or
- parent::db:footnote or
- parent::db:blockquote) and
- not(following-sibling::db:para)">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- OR, if this is the last or sole paragraph in an
- auto-included documentation chunk in prepost.xml,
- omit the \par -->
- <xsl:when
- test="(parent::db:step/parent::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage'] or
- parent::db:step/parent::db:procedure[@xml:id='postpackage'])
- and not(following-sibling::db:para)">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise it's the end of a paragraph, which we
- make explicit, rather than rely on newlines -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\par</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- add punctuation if the sole or last in a list item,
- only when needed,
- ie if this para does NOT end with its own punctuation
- and is not IMMEDIATELY followed by punctuation -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:listitem
- and
- not(contains(',.;:!?',substring(normalize-space(.),
- string-length(normalize-space(.)))))
- and
- not(contains(',.;:!?',substring(normalize-space((
- ancestor::db:itemizedlist[1] |
- ancestor::db:orderedlist[1] |
- ancestor::db:variablelist[1])[1]/
- following-sibling::node()[1]),1,1)))">
- <!-- only add punct to last para in item -->
- <xsl:if test="not(following-sibling::db:para)">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- add semicolon to all but last -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:listitem/following-sibling::db:listitem">
- <xsl:text>;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- add fullpoint to last except inline -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- terminate any font bodges -->
- <xsl:if test="@remap">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- in the case of notes, footnotes, and cell content
- we don't even want a newline -->
- <xsl:if test="not(parent::db:note or
- parent::db:footnote or
- parent::db:entry)">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- but we need a space after \par in the case of cell content -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:entry">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- inline documentation echo, except for footnotes, which
- get done inline in db2plaintext.xsl -->
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
- not(parent::db:footnote)">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:literal[not(@xml:lang='LaTeX')]">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:literal[@xml:lang='LaTeX']">
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:preface">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- formal prefaces get a title and a ToC entry -->
- <xsl:when test="db:title">
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage\section*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- untitled ones don't -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage\null\vfill\begingroup\centering</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- and a label if they have an ID -->
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- terminate the centering group for untitled prefaces -->
- <xsl:if test="not(db:title)">
- <xsl:text>% \par\endgroup\vfill
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info/db:abstract/db:title |
- db:preface/db:title |
- db:preface/db:section/db:title |
- db:chapter/db:title | db:chapter/db:subtitle |
- db:chapter/db:sect1/db:title |
- db:chapter//db:sect2/db:title |
- db:chapter//db:sect3/db:title |
- db:chapter//db:sect4/db:title |
- db:appendix/db:title |
- db:appendix/db:sect1/db:title |
- db:appendix//db:sect2/db:title |
- db:appendix//db:sect3/db:title |
- db:appendix//db:sect4/db:title |
- db:bibliography/db:title"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:part">
- <!-- there are three possible parts: doc, code, and files -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- documentation -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:id='doc'">
- <!-- iterate through commands and environment variables
- to be referenced, in order of length, longest first -->
- <xsl:for-each-group group-by="normalize-space(.)"
- select="descendant::db:command
- [@role and not(@xml:lang or
- contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
- |
- descendant::db:envar
- [@role and not(@xml:lang or
- contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
- |
- descendant::db:tag[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:varname[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:classname[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:package[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:annotation/@xreflabel">
- <!-- varname? -->
- <xsl:sort select="string-length(current-grouping-key())"
- data-type="number" order="descending"/>
- <!-- only use the first one -->
- <xsl:if test="position()=1">
- <xsl:text>% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\LabelFont{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
- <xsl:text>}}}
-% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- for the code part, start by terminating the userdoc -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:id='code'">
- <xsl:text>% \StopEventually{\label{endcode}
-% \clearpage
-% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
-% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}
-% \label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-% \PrintChanges
-% \clearpage
-% \label{codeindex}
-% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
-% \PrintIndex}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- iterate through commands and environment variables
- to be referenced, in order of length, longest first -->
- <xsl:for-each-group group-by="normalize-space(.)"
- select="descendant::db:command
- [@role and not(@xml:lang or
- contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
- |
- descendant::db:envar
- [@role and not(@xml:lang or
- contains(.,'[') or contains(.,'{'))]
- |
- descendant::db:tag[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:varname[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:classname[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:package[@role]
- |
- descendant::db:annotation/@xreflabel">
- <!-- varname? -->
- <xsl:sort select="string-length(current-grouping-key())"
- data-type="number" order="descending"/>
- <!-- only use the first one -->
- <xsl:if test="position()=1">
- <xsl:text>% \setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
-% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\MacroFont{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="current-grouping-key()"/>
- <xsl:text>}}}
-% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each-group>
- <!-- The code part could be a monolith (no chapters)
- so it would all be one <package> or <class>
- But if (usually) it has chapters, the tags for the
- primary output need to be set round the chapters,
- and any appendices may be ancillary files -->
- <xsl:if test="count(db:chapter)=0">
- <!-- no chapters, so output start-tag now -->
- <xsl:text>% \label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-% \iffalse
-%<*</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="count(db:chapter)=0">
- <!-- no chapters, so output end-tag now -->
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%</</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- once the code has been done, and before any
- standalone ancillary files are done,
- output the Licence as an appendix -->
- <xsl:if test="not(//db:appendix)">
- <xsl:text>% \appendix
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$licence"/>
- <!-- finally, do any delayed-output extractable files from
- the code part (these need no accompanying text as
- they're just re-given here for extraction) -->
- <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:programlisting
- [@xml:id and @xlink:show='new' and @xlink:href]">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%<*</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>
%</</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>>
% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- Part I page is generated by first chapter in part/@xml:id='doc'-->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:id='files'">
- <!-- output files that do not require pre/postamble here -->
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="files"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- what other kind of part can there be? -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:part)=0">
- <xsl:text>% \Finale
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- TEXT -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:acknowledgements">
- <xsl:text>% \subsection*{Acknowledgments}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:chapter[not(@condition='draft')]">
- <!-- only if it contains something -->
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <!-- output the start-tag if this is the first chapter -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
- count(preceding-sibling::db:chapter)=0">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%<*</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% \section</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
- <xsl:text>~--- </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:subtitle/node()"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- output the end-tag if this is the last chapter -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code'] and
- count(following-sibling::db:chapter)=0">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%</</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:appendix">
- <!-- only do appendices with content, and do not output any
- programlisting code *as* code, only as documentation -->
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <!-- if this is the first appendix, issue the \appendix switch -->
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:appendix)=0">
- <xsl:text>% \appendix
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- if this is a documented extractable *file*, tag it -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code']
- and @xlink:href and @xml:id">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%<*</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- normal titling -->
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
-% \section{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- if this is documented extractable file, output an
- identity -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:part[@xml:id='code']
- and @xlink:href and @xml:id">
- <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:if test="($ext='cls' or $ext='sty')
- and not(@conformance='nointro')">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@conformance"/>
- <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(/db:book/@condition,'-','/')"/>
- <xsl:text>]
\Provides</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$ext='sty'">
- <xsl:text>Package</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$ext='cls'">
- <xsl:text>Class</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:text>}[</xsl:text>
- <!-- use the latest revision date as the distro date -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text> v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="title">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:title)"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:subtitle">
- <xsl:text>: </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:subtitle)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\LaTeXe{}')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>LaTeX2e</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\LaTeX{}')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>LaTeX</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains($title,'\TeX{}')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($title,'\TeX{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>TeX</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($title,'\TeX{}')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$title"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>]
% \end{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:href and @xml:id">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%</</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect1">
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="@condition='newpage'">
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \subsection{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect2">
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>% \subsubsection{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
%% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title|db:subtitle" mode="readme"/>
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect3">
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>% \paragraph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <!--
- <xsl:if test="not(contains(':–-—',substring(normalize-space(db:title),string-length(normalize-space(db:title)))))">
- <xsl:text>—</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect4">
- <xsl:if test="normalize-space(.)!=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'before'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>% \subparagraph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:if test="not(contains(':–-—',substring(normalize-space(db:title),string-length(normalize-space(db:title)))))">
- <xsl:text>\thinspace:</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:call-template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pos" select="'after'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="checkpackages">
- <xsl:param name="pos"/>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover/db:constraintdef
- [@xml:id='clspackages' or @xml:id='stypackages']
- [@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- [@role=$pos or not(@role)]">
- <xsl:variable name="gi" select="local-name()"/>
- <xsl:text>%\iffalse
-%%
-%% Packages required
-%%
-% \fi
-% \</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$gi='chapter' or $gi='appendix'">
- <xsl:text>clearpage
% \section</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$gi='sect1'">
- <xsl:text>subsection</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$gi='sect2'">
- <xsl:text>subsubsection</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$gi='sect3'">
- <xsl:text>paragraph</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$gi='sect4'">
- <xsl:text>subparagraph</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>WARNING: </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
- <xsl:text> is an unidentifiable place to declare packages</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>message{Unidentifiable place to declare packages}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /db:segmentedlist/db:segtitle">
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /db:segmentedlist/db:segtitle/node()"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>Packages loaded</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem[db:seg!='']">
- <xsl:call-template name="packages">
- <xsl:with-param name="pkg" select="."/>
- <xsl:with-param name="dest" select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="mode" select="'deferred'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>% 
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /@xml:id!='stypackages'
- and
- /db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@xml:id]
- /@xml:id!='clspackages'">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>WARNING: these packages were listed in a </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
- <xsl:text> element of the master document that was not flagged as belonging to this </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text> (xml:id="</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>").</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>% WARNING: these packages were listed in
-% a \verb`</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$gi"/>
- <xsl:text>` of the master document that was not flagged
-% as belonging to this </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text> (\verb`xml:id="</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>"`).
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- section in prelims needs to be done as subsection -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:section">
- <xsl:text>% \subsection*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:blockquote">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{quotation}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\small\noindent
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@linkend">
- <xsl:text>% \hfill\begingroup</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
- <xsl:text>\parfillskip=0pt\par\endgroup
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \end{quotation}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:warning | db:sidebar">
- <xsl:text>% \par\begingroup\fboxsep1em\centering
% \</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="name()='sidebar'">
- <xsl:text>shadowbox</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="name()='warning'">
- <xsl:text>fbox</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{\begin{minipage}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@wordsize">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="number(substring-before(@wordsize,'%')) div 100"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>0.8</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>\columnwidth}\sffamily
-% \raggedright\parindent0pt\parskip=.5\baselineskip
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{minipage}}\par\endgroup
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:warning/db:title | db:sidebar/db:title">
- <xsl:text>% \subsubsection*{\sffamily </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sidebar/db:address">
- <xsl:text>% \par\raggedleft </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>\par
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- main element for code fragment markup -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:annotation[@role and @role!='' and @xreflabel]
- [not(@annotations)]">
- <xsl:variable name="role" select="@role"/>
- <xsl:text>% \begin{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$role"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$role='macro' or $role='variable' or
- $prepost//db:command[starts-with(.,'\doxitem')]
- [contains(.,concat('{',$role,'}'))]
- [contains(.,'macrolike')]">
- <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$role"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- pull option declaration data from spec tree -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:annotation[@annotations]">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:variable name="college" select="tokenize(@audience,' ')"/>
- <xsl:variable name="canopy"
- select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
- //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=current()/@annotations]"/>
- <xsl:for-each select="$college">
- <xsl:variable name="item" select="."/>
- <xsl:text>% \subsubsection{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(.,
- 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="declareoption"
- select="$canopy
- //db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=$item]">
- </xsl:apply-templates>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:annotation/db:title">
- <xsl:text>% \subsection{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:methodsynopsis" mode="declareoption">
- <!-- make a low-level title -->
- <xsl:text>% \paragraph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(db:methodparam[last()]/db:parameter)"/>
- <!-- start a Code block for the option -->
- <xsl:text>}
% \begin{option}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
% </xsl:text>
- <!-- now the descriptive text as a paragraph -->
- <!-- multiple parameters only for divisions, not degrees -->
- <!-- in document order, which is hierarchical top-down -->
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
- <xsl:sort select="position()" order="descending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()>1">
- <xsl:text> in </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:if test="not(@role='degree')">
- <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="not(db:methodparam/db:parameter/@role='degree')">
- <xsl:text>
% using the </xsl:text>
- <!-- langs in methodsynopsis/@xml:lang for babel -->
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:methodname)"/>
- <xsl:text> citation format
% from the \verb`</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer"/>
- <xsl:text>.bst` \BibTeX\ style</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
- <xsl:text> with the </xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:modifier">
- <xsl:text> and </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text> package</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="count(db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier)>1">
- <xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@xlink:href,'@')">
- <xsl:text> (confirmed by \url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>})</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> (unconfirmed)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- followed by the actual code for the declared option -->
- <xsl:text>.
% \begin{macrocode}
\DeclareOption{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}{%
</xsl:text>
- <!-- order doesn't matter here, but the line length does (maxcodelen) -->
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
- <xsl:text> \</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- <xsl:if test="@remap=''">
- <xsl:text>[]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <!-- no more test for length to break if needed: too complex
- <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
- <xsl:with-param name="string" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- </xsl:call-template> -->
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier or
- db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer">
- <xsl:text> \@usebib</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam[1]/db:modifier">
- <xsl:if test="position()>1">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:methodparam[1]/db:initializer"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:methodname"/>
- <xsl:text>}{}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- dept-specific languages one day
- <xsl:if test="@xml:lang">
- <xsl:text> \use at babel[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(normalize-space(@xml:lang),' ',',')"/>
- <xsl:text>]{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>english</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="langsused">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@xml:lang)"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:if test="@audience">
- <xsl:for-each select="tokenize(@audience,' ')">
- <xsl:variable name="curtok" select="position()"/>
- <xsl:text> \def\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>{\foreignlanguage{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="tokenize($langsused,' ')[position()=$curtok]"/>
- <xsl:text>}}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
--->
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="breakline">
- <xsl:param name="string"/>
- <xsl:param name="max">
- <xsl:value-of select="$maxcodelen"/>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="string-length($string)>$max">
- <!-- see if there is a substring that will fit -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if there are no spaces, we're stuck, so use it as-is -->
- <xsl:when test="not(contains($string,' '))">
- <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- if the first substring will fit, output it and try again -->
- <xsl:when
- test="string-length(substring-before($string,' '))<=$max">
- <xsl:value-of select="$max"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="string-length(substring-before($string,' '))"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,' ')"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <!-- see how much we have left -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="($max - 1 -
- string-length(substring-before($string,' ')))
- <
- string-length(substring-before(
- substring-after($string,' '), ' '))">
- <xsl:text>
 </xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
- <xsl:with-param name="string"
- select="substring-after($string,' ')"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="breakline">
- <xsl:with-param name="string"
- select="substring-after($string,' ')"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="max"
- select="$max - 1 -
- string-length(substring-before($string,' '))"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:remark">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%% v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@revision">
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(@revision,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(
- //db:revhistory/db:revision[@version=current()/@version]
- /db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>
% \fi
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% \changes{v</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@revision">
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(@revision,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="translate(
- //db:revhistory/db:revision[@version=current()/@version]
- /db:date/@conformance,'-','/')"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- programlisting is what produces nicely-typeset code -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:programlisting">
- <!-- this references @remap, @xreflabel, @xml:id, @condition,
- @xlink:href, @startinglinenumber, @continuation, @wordsize,
- @language, @arch, @annotations, @role, xlink:show -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- 1. SPECIAL USE IN GENERATING DTX MACROCODE:
- this occurs only in the "code" section of a
- classpack document where the code is unadorned -->
- <xsl:when test="(parent::annotation[@xreflabel]
- or ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'])
- and not(@condition='ignore')">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- note any fragments required as external files
- specified in the 'code' part get output as extractables
- at the end of the dtx file, as separate tagging can't
- be nested inside class or package tags -->
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>
% \end{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- 2. INTERPRETABLE FORMATS IN DOCUMENTATION
- (embedded markup) -->
- <xsl:when test="db:token or db:xref">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-% \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,framesep=1em,fontsize=\small,commandchars=\\\{\}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id and @role">
- <xsl:text>,label=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>,title={</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@role)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>
% \end{Verbatim}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- 3. EXAMPLE USE IN CODE,
- not for absorption into the package -->
- <xsl:when test="@condition='ignore'">
- <!--
- <xsl:call-template name="makelisting"/>
- -->
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-% \begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,framesep=1em,fontsize=\small]
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>
-% \end{Verbatim}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- 4. OTHERWISE UNADORNED USE IN DOCUMENTATION,
- but allows use of userinput -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="makelisting"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- named template to handle listings called at various points -->
-
- <xsl:template name="makelisting">
- <!-- context is a programlisting element type -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- read lines from external file -->
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
- <xsl:text>% \lstinputlisting[firstline=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@startinglinenumber">
- <xsl:value-of select="@startinglinenumber"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@endinglinenumber">
- <xsl:text>,lastline=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@endinglinenumber"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- rest of settings are picked up after the begin/end type -->
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise do a begin and end -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\begin{lstlisting}[</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- now pick the parameters needed:
- basicstyle=\footnotesize\color{Black}\ttfamily
- and a lot else pre-set from prepost.xml configurations
- but the wordsize attribute can be used to change
- the font size (either a size and baseline separated
- by a slash, eg 12/14) or the whole basicstyle
- definition -->
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:href">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@wordsize">
- <xsl:text>basicstyle=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@wordsize,'/')">
- <xsl:text>\fontsize{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(@wordsize,'/')"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after(@wordsize,'/')"/>
- <xsl:text>}\selectfont</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>\color{Black}\ttfamily,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- set the language -->
- <xsl:text>language=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@language='LaTeX' or not(@language)">
- <xsl:text>{[LaTeX]TeX}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@language='DocBook'">
- <xsl:text>{[DocBook]XML}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@language"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- default is unframed -->
- <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
- <xsl:text>,frame=single,framesep=1em</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- remap for emphases and options -->
- <xsl:if test="@remap">
- <xsl:text>,emphstyle=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@annotations or db:userinput">
- <xsl:text>,emph={</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:userinput">
- <xsl:for-each select="db:userinput">
- <xsl:if
- test="not(preceding-sibling::db:userinput[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:if test="(position()=1 and ../@annotations)
- or position()>1">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- label -->
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>,label=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- <!-- end of settings -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- for an included file, here's the filename -->
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:href">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise we need the newline -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- output the content -->
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(.,'\end{lstlisting}') or
- contains(.,'\end{verbatim}') or
- contains(.,'\end{Verbatim}')">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>
\end{lstlisting}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:userinput[not(parent::db:programlisting)]">
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="htrim">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:variable name="TEXT" select="translate($text,'	',' ')"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($TEXT,' ')">
- <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($TEXT,' ')"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($TEXT,' ')"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains($TEXT,'
 ')">
- <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($TEXT,'
 ')"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($TEXT,'
 ')"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$TEXT"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:param name="indent"/>
- <xsl:variable name="extent" select="string-length($text)"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- text in programlisting amost always begins with a newline,
- the one that comes right after <programlisting>, so remove
- it. This used to remove leading space and TAB characters,
- but that's wrong.
- substring($text,1,1)=' ' or or
- substring($text,1,1)='	'
- -->
- <xsl:when test="substring($text,1,1)='
'">
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring($text,2)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- then trim trailing white-space. This is right -->
- <xsl:when test="substring($text,$extent)=' ' or
- substring($text,$extent)='
' or
- substring($text,$extent)='	'">
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="substring($text,1,($extent - 1))"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- now we're clean, but we need to paste on any indent
- passed by the calling routine, usually to avoid trouble
- with documentation the references \end{lstlisting} or
- \end{verbatim} within the text of the verbatim block -->
- <xsl:when test="$indent!=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="addindent">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="$text"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="addindent">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:param name="indent"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($text,'
')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'
')"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="addindent">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring-after($text,'
')"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- tables and figures -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:table">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{table}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@floatstyle">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@floatstyle"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\small\sffamily
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="db:textobject[@role='footer']">
- <xsl:text>% \par\bigskip\footnotesize
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:textobject[@role='footer']/*"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \end{table}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:table/db:textobject[@role='footer']"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:table/db:title | db:figure/db:title">
- <xsl:text>% \caption{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="../@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\medskip
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:informaltable">
- <xsl:text>% \par\medskip{\sffamily\small</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% }
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:tgroup">
- <xsl:text>% \begingroup</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:table/@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>
% \centering
% \begin{tabular}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@tgroupstyle='overhang'">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>%
% 	</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each select="db:colspec">
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- <xsl:text>%
% 	</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@tgroupstyle='overhang'">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:thead"/>
- <xsl:if test="not(db:thead)">
- <xsl:text>% \hline
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:tbody"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:tfoot"/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{tabular}
</xsl:text>
- <!-- fake footnotes -->
- <xsl:if test="starts-with(db:tbody/@xlink:href,'affil') and
- count(//db:part[@xml:id='data']
- //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
- concat(substring-before(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
- /db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=
- substring-after(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-')]
- [db:modifier])>0">
- <xsl:text>% \scriptsize
-% \renewcommand{\labelenumi}{\itshape\alph{enumi}\upshape)}
-% \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
- //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
- concat(substring-before(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
- /db:methodsynopsis[tokenize(@arch,' ')=
- substring-after(current()/db:tbody/@xlink:href,'-')]
- /db:modifier">
- <xsl:text>% \item The \texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>} option </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>% \end{enumerate}
-% \setcounter{fnote}{0}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \par\endgroup
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:colspec"/>
-
- <xsl:template name="colprefix">
- <!-- @colwidth in <colspec>
- @wordsize in <entry>, here and below -->
- <xsl:if test="@condition or @colwidth or @wordsize">
- <xsl:text>>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@align='left' and (@colwidth or @wordsize)">
- <xsl:text>\raggedright{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@align='right' and (@colwidth or @wordsize)">
- <xsl:text>\raggedleft{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@align='center'">
- <xsl:text>\centering{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- default is justified anyway, and char is inapplicable -->
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- condition is for typographic changes -->
- <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
- <xsl:text>\prestrut</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@align and (@colwidth or @wordsize or @condition)">
- <xsl:text>\arraybackslash</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="colsettings">
- <!-- this is the type of column (p|m|b) and width -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@colwidth or @wordsize">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@char='m' or @char='b'">
- <xsl:value-of select="@char"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>p</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="width" select="@colwidth | @wordsize"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($width,'%')">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="number(substring-before($width,'%')) div 100"/>
- <xsl:text>\columnwidth</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$width"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@align='left' or @align='right' or @align='center'">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@align,1,1)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@align='char'">
- <xsl:text>d</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- justified is implied by @colwidth or @wordsize above -->
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="colsuffix">
- <xsl:text><{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
- <xsl:text>\poststrut\arraybackslash}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:thead">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:tbody">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="not(db:row[1]/db:entry[1]/@spanname)">
- <xsl:text>\vstrut</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- eg, xlink:href='deg-acsss' -->
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:href and @xlink:show='embed'">
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="//db:part[@xml:id='data']
- //db:constraintdef[@xml:id=
- concat(substring-before(current()/@xlink:href,'-'),'options')]
- /db:methodsynopsis
- [tokenize(@arch,' ')=substring-after(current()/@xlink:href,'-')]" mode="row">
- <xsl:sort select="@xml:id"/>
- </xsl:apply-templates>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:methodsynopsis" mode="row">
- <!-- each of these produces one row of the table -->
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <!-- signal a footnote if needed -->
- <xsl:if test="db:modifier">
- <xsl:text>\fnote{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- col 1: token for option -->
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>&%
</xsl:text>
- <!-- col 2: division[s], may be multiple methodparam elements -->
- <xsl:for-each select="db:methodparam/db:parameter">
- <xsl:text>%	</xsl:text>
- <!-- @remap is a prefix except for institutes and centres -->
- <xsl:if test="not(@remap='') and @role!='institute' and @role!='centre'">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@remap)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- the name -->
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- @remap is a suffix for institutes and centres -->
- <xsl:if test="not(@remap='') and (@role='institute' or @role='centre')">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@remap)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- any following divisions involved (only for affiliations) -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="position()!=last()">
- <xsl:text>; </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- dummy to terminate degree options cleanly -->
- <xsl:when test="@role='degree'">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>&%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- citation format -->
- <xsl:if test="not(db:methodparam/db:parameter/@role='degree')">
- <xsl:text>%	</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:methodname"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\\\hline[.1pt]%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:row">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@role='header'">
- <xsl:if test="position()>1">
- <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline
% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>\\</xsl:text>
- <!--
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:text>[2pt]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- -->
- <xsl:if test="@role='header'">
- <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline\vstrut</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="(ancestor::db:tbody or ancestor::db:tfoot)
- and position()=last()">
- <xsl:text>[2pt]\hline</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="not(ancestor::db:thead)">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:entry[ancestor::db:thead or ancestor::db:tfoot]">
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:entry">
- <xsl:text>&</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- always make headers paragraphic, which means \multicolumn{1}...
- because we don't know how they need to be formatted -->
- <xsl:text>\multicolumn{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@spanname">
- <xsl:value-of select="@spanname"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>1</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <!-- omit LH shoulder on first column -->
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry)=0">
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if alignment or width is specified in the heading cell,
- use local settings, honouring local prefix/suffix -->
- <xsl:when test="@align or @colwidth">
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise use the column default,
- but use local prefix/suffix by preference -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <!-- identify the column number -->
- <xsl:variable name="colpos"
- select="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry) + 1"/>
- <!-- test for the prefix -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@condition
- or
- ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@colwidth
- or
- ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@wordsize">
- <xsl:for-each
- select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- switch context to the colspec to get the settings -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
- <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- test for the suffix -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@condition
- or
- ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@colwidth
- or
- ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]/@wordsize">
- <xsl:for-each
- select="ancestor::db:tgroup/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:entry)=0">
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}{\sffamily\bfseries </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:entry[ancestor::db:tbody]">
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::db:entry">
- <xsl:text>&</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@spanname">
- <xsl:text>\multicolumn{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@spanname"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry)=0">
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if alignment or width is specified,
- use local settings -->
- <xsl:when test="@align or @wordsize">
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise use default,
- but check local pre and post -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="colprefix"/>
- <xsl:variable name="colpos"
- select="count(preceding-sibling::db:entry) + 1"/>
- <xsl:for-each
- select="ancestor::db:tbody/db:colspec[position()=$colpos]">
- <xsl:call-template name="colsettings"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:call-template name="colsuffix"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="count(following-sibling::db:entry)=0">
- <xsl:text>@{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check for hangouts -->
- <xsl:if test="@annotations">
- <xsl:text>\llap{\normalfont </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- text for headers is in bold -->
- <xsl:if test="../@role='header'">
- <xsl:text>\vstrut\bfseries </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check for row-spanned brace-collected -->
- <xsl:if test="@morerows">
- <xsl:if test="@charoff and @char">
- <xsl:text>\llap{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@char"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="@morerows"/>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@charoff"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>}%
% 	</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\multirow{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@morerows"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- now we're in the content at last -->
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
- <xsl:text>{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- mldr … on its own (\dotfill) needs a \hbox -->
- <xsl:when test=".='\dotfill{}' and @wordsize">
- <xsl:text>\hbox to </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@wordsize"/>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@morerows">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@spanname">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:figure">
- <xsl:if test="@floatstyle='p' and
- descendant::db:imagedata[@format='pdf' and @condition]">
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \begin{figure}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@floatstyle">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@floatstyle"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\small\sffamily\centering
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{figure}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@floatstyle='p' and
- descendant::db:imagedata[@format='pdf' and @condition]">
- <xsl:text>% \clearpage
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:informalfigure">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{center}
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{center}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:figure/db:mediaobject |
- db:informalfigure/db:mediaobject">
- <xsl:if test="@role='framed'">
- <xsl:text>% \fbox{\vbox{%
-% \advance\hsize by-2\fboxsep\advance\hsize by-2\fboxrule
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@role='framed'">
- <xsl:text>% }}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:imageobject">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- detect a previous image -->
- <xsl:when test="preceding-sibling::*[1][local-name()='imageobject']">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@dir='ltr'">
- <xsl:text>% \quad\vrule\quad
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \\
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:imagedata">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@align='center'">
- <xsl:text>% \centering
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@align='right'">
- <xsl:text>% \flushright
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
- <xsl:text>% \fbox{%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@fileref">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@format='pdf' and @condition">
- <xsl:text>% \includepdf</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \includegraphics</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@condition">
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@width">
- <xsl:text>width=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@width,'%')">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="number(substring-before(@width,'%')) div 100"/>
- <xsl:text>\columnwidth</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@width"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@depth">
- <xsl:text>height=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains(@depth,'%')">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="number(substring-before(@depth,'%')) div 100"/>
- <xsl:text>\textheight</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="@depth"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>width=\columnwidth</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@fileref"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@remap">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>IMAGE</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@arch='framed'">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- lists -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:itemizedlist">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{itemize}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact'">
- <xsl:text>[noitemsep]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{itemize}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:orderedlist/db:title |
- db:procedure/db:title |
- db:simplelist[@arch='enumerate']/db:title"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:orderedlist |
- db:procedure |
- db:simplelist[@arch='enumerate']">
- <xsl:variable name="armour">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:para">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>%</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <!-- check format for twocol wrapper -->
- <xsl:if test="@role='twocol'">
- <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
- <xsl:text> \begin{multicols}{2}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="db:title">
- <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
- <xsl:text> \noindent\textbf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
- <xsl:text> \label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="$armour"/>
- <xsl:text> \begin{enumerate</xsl:text>
- <!-- check spacing -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
- <xsl:text>*</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para
- or
- (@linkend and
- preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])
- or
- @spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'
- or
- @startingnumber">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <!-- test inline -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
- <xsl:text>label=\emph{\alph*})</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- test resumption -->
- <xsl:if test="@linkend and
- preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]">
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>resume</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check spacing -->
- <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'">
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para or
- (@linkend and
- preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>noitemsep</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check numbering -->
- <xsl:if test="@startingnumber">
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para or
- (@linkend and
- preceding::db:orderedlist[@xml:id=current()/@linkend])
- or @spacing='compact' or local-name()='simplelist'">
- <xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>start=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@startingnumber"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- do list -->
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- no withdrawal of armour needed for inline list termination
- because the end of a lit item para will have created a newline -->
- <xsl:text>% \end{enumerate</xsl:text>
- <!-- check spacing -->
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:para">
- <xsl:text>*</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="not(parent::db:para)">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- check format -->
- <xsl:if test="@role='twocol'">
- <xsl:text>% \end{multicols}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:variablelist">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{description}[style=unboxed</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@spacing='compact'">
- <xsl:text>,noitemsep</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{description}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:simplelist[@role='twocol']">
- <xsl:text>% \begin{multicols}{2}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
- <xsl:text>[\paragraph*{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@xreflabel)"/>
- <xsl:text>}]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>% \end{itemize}
-% \end{multicols}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:type[@role='font']">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@arch">
- <xsl:text>\fontencoding{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(@arch)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@remap">
- <!-- special cases -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@remap='sans'">
- <xsl:text>\sffamily</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@remap='serif'">
- <xsl:text>\rmfamily</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@remap='mono'">
- <xsl:text>\ttfamily</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\fontfamily{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <!-- special cases -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@condition='italic'">
- <xsl:text>\itshape</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@condition='smallcaps'">
- <xsl:text>\scshape</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\fontshape{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@condition"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@annotations">
- <!-- special cases -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@annotations='bold'">
- <xsl:text>\bfseries</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\fontseries{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\selectfont </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:property[@role]">
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- list items -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:itemizedlist/db:listitem |
- db:orderedlist/db:listitem |
- db:procedure/db:step |
- db:simplelist/db:member">
- <!-- add syntax to inline lists -->
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:para and
- not(following-sibling::db:listitem)">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:orderedlist or parent::db:procedure">
- <xsl:text>% and 
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% or 
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>% \item</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- remap a bullet or number -->
- <xsl:when test="@remap or parent::db:simplelist">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- or prefix the number with a symbol (what was this for?!) -->
- <xsl:when test="@role">
- <xsl:text>\leavevmode\llap{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- <xsl:text>\thinspace}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- normally just a space -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- label it if needed -->
- <xsl:if test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <!-- syntactic punctuation now handled by db:para template
- except for db:member, which needs terminating -->
- <xsl:if test="local-name()='member'">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:term">
- <xsl:text>% \item[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="not(db:command[@conformance or @condition])">
- <xsl:text>\thinspace:</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="../@xml:id">
- <xsl:text>\label{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="../@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- inline -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:token">
- <xsl:text>{\normalfont\itshape</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:package">
- <xsl:if test="@role and
- not(ancestor::db:title) and
- not(ancestor::db:abstract) and
- not(ancestor::db:acknowledgements) and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
- not(ancestor::db:table) and
- not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
- not(ancestor::db:figure)
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:package[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\DescribePackage{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test=".=''">
- <xsl:value-of select="/*[1]/@xml:id"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- in all cases, use sf -->
- <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test=".=''">
- <xsl:value-of select="/*[1]/@xml:id"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:modifier/db:alt">
- <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:productname">
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@userlevel">
- <xsl:text>\thinspace(</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@userlevel"/>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:citetitle">
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@linkend">
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="//*[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]/db:title/node()"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="//db:biblioentry[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]">
- <xsl:text> \cite{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:emphasis">
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@role='strong'">
- <xsl:text>\textbf{</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@role='strong'">
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:tag">
- <!-- attribute attvalue element emptytag endtag genentity localname namespace numcharref paramentity pi prefix comment starttag xmlpi -->
- <xsl:if test="@role and
- not(ancestor::db:title) and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
- not(ancestor::db:table) and
- not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
- not(ancestor::db:figure)
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:tag[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\Describe</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@class='element' or not(@class)">
- <xsl:text>Element</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='attribute'">
- <xsl:text>Attribute</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
- <xsl:text>AttributeValue</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
- <xsl:text>Entity</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>Error</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
- <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
- <xsl:text>\&</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@class='attvalue'">
- <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@class='genentity'">
- <xsl:text>;</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="name(following-sibling::node()[1])='' and
- starts-with(following-sibling::node()[1],'s')">
- <xsl:text>\thinspace{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:function">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeFunction{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:errortext">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeError{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:type[@role='colour']">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeColour{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:methodname">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeTemplate{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:code">
- <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:option">
- <xsl:if test="@role and
- not(ancestor::db:title) and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
- not(ancestor::db:table) and
- not(ancestor::db:informaltable) and
- not(ancestor::db:figure)
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:option[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeOption{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@condition">
- <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@conformance">
- <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise it's for a package or command -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\textbf{\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='bash'">
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='bash' and not(@conformance='nocolon')">
- <xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guiicon">
- <xsl:text>\includegraphics</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@annotations">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@annotations"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:personname">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>\index{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:surname)"/>
- <xsl:text>!</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:firstname)"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:othername">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(db:othername)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:firstname">
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:othername">
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::node()!=' '">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:if test="string-length(normalize-space(.))=1 or
- (.=upper-case(.) and substring(.,string-length(.))!='.')">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:personname/db:surname">
- <xsl:if test="preceding-sibling::node()!=' '">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:variable name="nosc">
- <xsl:for-each select="$prepost//db:step[@conformance='nosc']">
- <xsl:value-of select="$thisdoc//db:constraintdef
- [@xml:id='docpackages']
- //db:seg[.=current()/@remap]"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:acronym">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- defining instance -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:id">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>~(</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'\textsc{'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>)\index{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>|see{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(@xml:id,
- 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
- <xsl:text>}}\index{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(@xml:id,
- 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
- <xsl:text>|textbf}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- no ID -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <!-- check for missing smallcaps in font -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$nosc=''">
- <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'\textsc{'"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="casestyle">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="style" select="'{\small '"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="//db:acronym[@xml:id=current()/.]">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:footnote">
- <xsl:text>\protect</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\index{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="casestyle">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:param name="style"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="$style"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($style,'\textsc')">
- <xsl:value-of select="translate($text,
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ',
- 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate($text,
- 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz',
- 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:superscript">
- <xsl:text>\textsuperscript{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:exceptionname">
- <xsl:text>\textsc{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- tagging features for the doc and dox packages -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:envar">
- <!-- role specifies the command does not belong to this package
- and is only mentioned incidentally -->
- <xsl:if test="@role and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:envar[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeEnv{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@conformance">
- <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:classname">
- <xsl:if test="@role and
- not(ancestor::db:footnote) and
- not(ancestor::db:title) and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:classname[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeClass{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@condition">
- <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@conformance">
- <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- command occurring in documentation uses \DescribeMacro
- or whatever class is given in @remap (eg counter, switch,
- length, etc) -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:command">
- <!-- role specifies the command does not belong to this package
- and is only mentioned incidentally (a common value is 'kernel')
- and therefore requires no indexing -->
- <xsl:if test="@role and not(.='TeX') and not(.='LaTeX') and
- not(ancestor::db:term) and
- not(.=ancestor::db:annotation/@xreflabel) and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:command[.=current()/.])">
- <xsl:text>\DescribeMacro{\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)
- and contains(.,'{')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before(normalize-space(.),'{')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- fake the backslash when in term (definition list)
- or when being used as an example (not for indexing) -->
- <xsl:when test="(@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))
- and (not(@role) or parent::db:term)">
- <xsl:if test="parent::db:term and @userlevel!='optional'">
- <xsl:text>\llap{$\star$\enspace}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:term">
- <xsl:text>\texttt{\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise use \verb for TeX commands only if needed -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- bash -->
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='bash'">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- other language commands have no backslash -->
- <xsl:when test="@condition='nolit'">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@condition and @condition!='nolit'">
- <xsl:text>\oarg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@condition)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@conformance">
- <xsl:text>\marg{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@conformance)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="avoidverb">
- <!-- try to output monospace filenames, URIs, etc while
- avoiding the use of \verb -->
- <xsl:variable name="delim">
- <!-- delimiter to use if we really do have to use \verb
- these are in order of preference -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'|'))">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'+'))">
- <xsl:text>+</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if the contents contains any of TeX's special characters
- that are invalid or unconfortable in URIs (incl vis.space)
- \$^{}<|>␣ but not &_~#%
- we have to use \verb, reluctantly -->
- <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[\\\$\^{}<\|>␣].*')
- and not(ancestor::db:title)
- and not(ancestor::db:footnote)
- and not(ancestor::db:term)">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- replaceable adds a ` to end the \verb, and a new \verb`
- after it has emitted its value -->
- <xsl:when test="db:replaceable or @condition='nolit'">
- <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- <xsl:if
- test="name()='command' and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
- <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise this is a plain \verb -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- <xsl:if
- test="name()='command' and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
- <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- not ready for this yet -->
- <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[\\\$\^{}<\|>].*')
- and
- (ancestor::db:title or
- ancestor::db:footnote or
- ancestor::db:term)">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Warning: verbatim in </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[3])"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[2])"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="name(ancestor::*[1])"/>
- <xsl:text> for "</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- if it's in a , use \url
- <xsl:when test="contains(normalize-space(.),' ')
- and not(contains(.'{') or contains(.,'}'))">
- <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
- ???
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
--->
- <!-- otherwise we can get away with a monospace -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- if it contains the acceptable characters for URIs
- &_~#% -->
- <xsl:when test="matches(.,'.*[&_~#%].*')
- and not(db:replaceable or @condition='nolit')">
- <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- replaceable adds a ` to end the \verb, and a new \verb`
- after it has emitted its value -->
- <xsl:when test="db:replaceable or @condition='nolit'">
- <xsl:text>{\ttfamily{}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if
- test="name()='command' and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
- <xsl:text>\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise this is a plain -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>{\ttfamily{}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if
- test="name()='command' and
- (@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang))">
- <xsl:text>\textbackslash{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:type">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:footnote">
- <xsl:text>\footnote{%
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:uri">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:href and .!=''">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>\footnote{\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="not(@xlink:href) and .!=''">
- <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@type">
- <xsl:value-of select="@type"/>
- <xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel and @type='news'">
- <xsl:text> at \textlangle\verb`</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xreflabel"/>
- <xsl:text>`\textrangle{}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!--xsl:if test="following-sibling::node()[1][substring(.,1,1)=',']">
- <xsl:text>\thinspace </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if-->
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:link">
- <xsl:text>{\color{blue}\uline{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:filename | db:systemitem">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:firstterm">
- <xsl:text>\textbf{\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}}\index{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>|textbf}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:foreignphrase">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='jp'">
- <xsl:text>\cjktext{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang='ga'">
- <!-- <xsl:text>\texteiad{</xsl:text>-->
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@remap"/>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@xml:lang!=/db:book/@xml:lang">
- <xsl:text>\foreignlanguage{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="tokenize($langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@babel,
- ' ')[1]"/>
- <xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="$langs/language[@iso=current()/@xml:lang]/@wsys='la'">
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:note[not(parent::db:para)]">
- <xsl:text>\begin{Sbox}\begin{minipage}{.9\columnwidth}\sffamily
-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}{\fboxsep1em\centering\fbox{\TheSbox}\par}
-</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:note[parent::db:para]">
- <xsl:text>{\bfseries </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:quote | db:phrase | db:wordasword">
- <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>'</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@linkend">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:email">
- <xsl:text>\url{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:replaceable">
- <!-- make sure we use the same delimiter as the parent element does -->
- <xsl:variable name="delim">
- <!-- in order of preference -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'|'))">
- <xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="not(contains(.,'+'))">
- <xsl:text>+</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- stop-start \verb when in a command or systemitem -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:command
- or parent::db:systemitem
- or parent::db:filename">
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- <xsl:text>{\ttfamily\itshape </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\verb</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$delim"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>{\itshape </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- Counters and Lengths -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:varname[not(ancestor::db:footnote)]
- | db:parameter[not(ancestor::db:footnote)]">
- <xsl:if test="@role
- and not(preceding-sibling::db:varname[.=current()/.][@role=current()/@role])">
- <xsl:text>\Describe</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="translate(substring(@role,1,1),'cl','CL')"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(@role,2)"/>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:varname[ancestor::db:footnote]
- | db:parameter[ancestor::db:footnote]">
- <xsl:call-template name="avoidverb"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- special use of endterm xref for ref to ref
-
- <xsl:template match="db:xref[@endterm]">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="//db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@endterm][@remap]">
- <xsl:text>\vref{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="//db:constraintdef[@linkend=current()/@endterm]/@remap"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>[unknown reference to `\texttt{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@endterm"/>
- <xsl:text>}']</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
--->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:xref[@linkend]">
- <xsl:variable name="target"
- select="//*[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]"/>
- <!-- catch items in a labelled list before anything else,
- and give them an ordinal number -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- DESC LIST -->
- <xsl:when test="name($target)='varlistentry'">
- <xsl:text>`\textbf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$target/db:term/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}', the </xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="nth"
- select="number(count($target/
- preceding-sibling::db:varlistentry)+1)"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$nth=1">
- <xsl:text>first </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$nth=count($target/
- ancestor::db:variablelist[1]/db:varlistentry)">
- <xsl:text>last </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\ordinal</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$nth < 10">
- <xsl:text>string</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>num{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$nth"/>
- <xsl:text>} </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>item in the list </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="not(@xrefstyle='page')">
- <xsl:text>in </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- UNNUMBERED LIST ITEMS -->
- <xsl:when test="name($target)='listitem' and
- name($target/ancestor::*[1])='itemizedlist'">
- <xsl:text>the </xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="nth"
- select="number(count($target/
- preceding-sibling::db:listitem)+1)"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$nth=1">
- <xsl:text>first </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="$nth=count($target/
- ancestor::db:itemizedlist[1]/db:listitem)">
- <xsl:text>last </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\ordinal</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="$nth < 10">
- <xsl:text>string</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>num{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$nth"/>
- <xsl:text>} </xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>item in the list </xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="not(@xrefstyle='page')">
- <xsl:text>in </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- ORDERED LIST ITEMS or PROCEDURE STEPS -->
- <xsl:when test="(local-name($target)='listitem' and
- local-name($target/parent::*[1])='orderedlist') or
- (local-name($target)='step' and
- local-name($target/parent::*[1])='procedure')">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::procedure">
- <xsl:text>step</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>item</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>~\ref{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="generate-id(ancestor::db:procedure)=
- generate-id($target/parent::db:procedure)">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="count(preceding::* | $target)=count(preceding::*)">
- <xsl:text> above</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> below</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- TITLED ORDERED LISTS -->
- <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='orderedlist' and $target/db:title">
- <xsl:text>the list `</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates select="$target/db:title/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>' in </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- INFORMAL TABLES -->
- <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='informaltable'">
- <xsl:text>the table </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- PROGRAMLISTING with condition="ignore" in package code -->
- <xsl:when test="local-name($target)='programlisting'">
- <xsl:text>the code example </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- AUTOMATED -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='page'
- or local-name($target)='informaltable'
- or local-name($target)='programlisting'">
- <xsl:text>\vpageref</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- omit numbered list items done manually above -->
- <xsl:when test="(local-name($target)='listitem' and
- local-name($target/ancestor::*[1])='orderedlist')
- or
- (ancestor::db:procedure and
- generate-id(ancestor::db:procedure)=
- generate-id($target/parent::db:procedure))">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\vref</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- now the argument[s]: not wanted for list items done manually -->
- <xsl:if test="not(local-name($target)='listitem' and
- local-name($target/ancestor::*[1])='orderedlist')
- and
- not(ancestor::db:procedure and $target/parent::db:procedure)">
- <xsl:if test="@endterm">
- <xsl:text>range</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="@endterm">
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@endterm"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@xreflabel">
- <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="$target/child::*[local-name()=current()/@xreflabel][1]/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- gui menu stuff -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guimenu">
- <xsl:text>\textsf{\bfseries </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guisubmenu">
- <xsl:if test="starts-with(local-name(preceding-sibling::*[1]),'gui')">
- <xsl:text>\menusep</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\textsf{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guimenuitem">
- <xsl:if test="starts-with(local-name(preceding-sibling::*[1]),'gui')">
- <xsl:text>\menusep</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>\textsf{\itshape </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guilabel">
- <xsl:text>{\fboxsep2pt\fbox{\sffamily </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:guibutton">
- <xsl:text>{\fboxsep2pt\ovalbox{\sffamily </xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- <xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- odds 'n' sods -->
-
- <xsl:template match="processing-instruction('LaTeX')">
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:varlistentry |
- db:varlistentry/db:listitem |
- db:authorgroup">
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="*">
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>default: </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="local-name()"/>
- <xsl:text> ("</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>")</xsl:text>
- </xsl:message>
- <xsl:apply-templates/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- bib -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioref">
- <xsl:call-template name="makeref"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="makeref">
- <xsl:variable name="target"
- select="//db:bibliography/db:biblioentry[@xml:id=current()/@linkend]"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- title only -->
- <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='title'">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$target/@xreflabel='article' or
- $target/@xreflabel='inbook' or
- $target/@xreflabel='incollection'">
- <xsl:text>`</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="($target/descendant::db:title)[1]/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>'</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\emph{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates
- select="($target/descendant::db:title)[1]/node()"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- author only -->
- <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='author'">
- <xsl:for-each select="$target//db:author[1]/db:personname">
- <xsl:value-of select="db:firstname"/>
- <xsl:if test="db:othername">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:othername"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- author only -->
- <xsl:when test="@xrefstyle='shortauthor'">
- <xsl:for-each select="$target//db:author[1]/db:personname">
- <xsl:value-of select="db:surname"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- all the rest -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>\cite</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="(@units and @begin) or @annotations">
- <xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@units"/>
- <xsl:if test="@units='p' and @end">
- <xsl:text>p</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>.\thinspace </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@begin"/>
- <xsl:if test="@end">
- <xsl:text>--</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@end"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="@annotations">
- <xsl:if test="@units and @begin">
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(@annotations)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- utilities -->
-
- <xsl:template name="copyright-statement">
- <xsl:param name="ftype"/>
- <xsl:text>% Extracted from </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.xml</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>
-% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$ftype"/>
- <xsl:text> is copyright © </xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="copyright-first">
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="descending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="substring(db:date/@conformance,1,4)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:value-of select="$copyright-first"/>
- <xsl:variable name="copyright-latest">
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info/db:revhistory/db:revision">
- <xsl:sort select="@version" order="ascending"/>
- <xsl:if test="position()=last()">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="substring(db:date/@conformance,1,4)"/>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:if test="$copyright-latest > $copyright-first">
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$copyright-latest"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> by </xsl:text>
- <!-- RIGHTS -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="/db:book/@audience='lppl'">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author[1]/
- db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author[1]/
- db:personname/db:surname)"/>
- <xsl:text> <</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="//db:info//db:author[1]/db:email"/>
- <xsl:text>>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
-% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
-% version. The latest version of this license is in:
-%
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%
-% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
-% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-% 
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(//db:info/db:copyright/db:holder)"/>
- <xsl:text> <</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="substring-after(//db:info/db:copyright/db:holder
- /@xlink:href,'mailto:')"/>
- <xsl:text>>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%
-% This work may not be copied or re-used without the express
-% written permission of the copyright holder[s]. Access to this
-% work is restricted to the copyright holder[s] and their
-% authorised employees, contractors, or agents.
-% 
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>% The current maintainer of this work is </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="//db:info//db:author[@role='maintainer']">
- <xsl:for-each select="//db:info//db:author[@role='maintainer']">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(db:personname/db:surname)"/>
- <xsl:text> <</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:email"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author/db:personname/db:firstname)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="normalize-space(//db:info//db:author/db:personname/db:surname)"/>
- <xsl:text> <</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="//db:info//db:author/db:email"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>%
-% This work consists of the files </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx and </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins,
-% the derived file </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:text>, and any ancillary files listed
-% in the MANIFEST.
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="repeatarg">
- <xsl:param name="limit"/>
- <xsl:param name="count">
- <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="prefix"/>
- <xsl:param name="suffix"/>
- <xsl:if test="$count<$limit">
- <xsl:value-of select="$prefix"/>
- <xsl:text>#</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$count + 1"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="$suffix"/>
- <xsl:call-template name="repeatarg">
- <xsl:with-param name="limit" select="$limit"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="count" select="$count + 1"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- special mode for outputting the .ins file -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:info" mode="ins">
- <xsl:variable name="file">
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="{$file}">
- <xsl:text>%</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
- <xsl:with-param name="ftype">
- <xsl:text>ins</xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>%
-\input docstrip.tex
-\keepsilent
-\usedir{tex/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>}
-\preamble
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="htrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text">
- <xsl:call-template name="lrtrim">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="db:annotation/*"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>
\endpreamble
</xsl:text>
- <!-- this bit just doesn't seem to work right
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
- /db:chapter[db:programlisting]">
- <xsl:variable name="ext"
- select="substring-after(db:programlisting/@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:text>\declarepreamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>
-\DoubleperCent\space This is file </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>
\endpreamble
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>\declarepostamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>
-\DoubleperCent\space End of file </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>
\endpreamble
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- -->
- <xsl:text>\generate{</xsl:text>
- <!-- generate the main file first -->
- <xsl:text>\file{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text>}}%
</xsl:text>
- <!-- add any fragments from the documentation
- these are those with an ID, a href, *and* show='new' -->
- <xsl:for-each
- select="//db:programlisting
- [@xml:id and @xlink:show='new' and @xlink:href]">
- <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
- <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>
 \file{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}}%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- add any documented ancillary files from appendixes
- in the code part -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
- /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]">
- <xsl:variable name="ext" select="substring-after(@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
- <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text> \file{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}}%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- add any undocumented ancillary files -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
- /db:chapter[db:programlisting]">
- <xsl:variable name="ext"
- select="substring-after(db:programlisting/@xlink:href,'.')"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$ext='tex'">
- <xsl:text> \usepreamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>preamble\usepostamble\</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>postamble</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text> \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>
 \file{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:programlisting/@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text>}{\from{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx}{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>}}%
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>}
-\obeyspaces
-\Msg{********************************************************}
-\Msg{** **}
-\Msg{** Read the documentation before using this </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:if test="$doctype='class'">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>. **}
-\Msg{** **}
-\Msg{********************************************************}
-\endbatchfile
-</xsl:text>
- </xsl:result-document>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="text()">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- SPECIAL HANDLING FOR SHELL SCRIPTS -->
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:programlisting[@language='bash']">
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- remove leading newlines from initial strings -->
- <xsl:when test="count(preceding-sibling::text())=0
- and starts-with(.,'
')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(.,2)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- remove trailing space from terminals -->
- <xsl:when test="count(following-sibling::text())=0
- and matches(.,'\n[\s]*$')">
- <xsl:value-of select="replace(.,'\n[\s]*$','')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise don't prefix or suffix -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- SIMILAR FOR TEXT OF INLINE COMMANDS (and bibliography entries
- being handled by db2bibtex.xsl): normalise spaces
- but preserve one leading and one trailing space if given -->
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:command or ancestor::db:biblioentry">
- <!-- replace a single leading WS token with a space -->
- <xsl:if test="starts-with(.,' ') or
- starts-with(.,'	') or
- starts-with(.,'
')">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <!-- replace a single trailing WS token with a space -->
- <xsl:if test="substring(.,string-length(.))=' ' or
- substring(.,string-length(.))='	' or
- substring(.,string-length(.))='
'">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise check for percent prefixes -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="."/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="normalize-space(.)=''">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- if the span starts with a TAB, remove it,
- and keep doing so until no more TABs -->
- <xsl:when test="starts-with($text,'	')">
- <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="substring($text,2)"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- if it starts with a newline AND it's in a <programlisting>
- element AND this is the first span of its type, prefix
- a percent -->
- <xsl:when test="starts-with($text,'
') and
- parent::db:programlisting and
- count(preceding-sibling::text())=0">
- <xsl:text>% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="substring($text,2)"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- break strings containing newlines -->
- <xsl:when test="contains($text,'
')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'
')"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="normalize-space(substring-after($text,'
'))='' and
- parent::db:programlisting and
- count(following-sibling::text())=0">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>
% </xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="substring-after($text,'
')"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- convert underscores in filenames -->
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:filename[db:replaceable] and
- contains($text,'_')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,'_')"/>
- <xsl:text>\_</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="dtxtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="substring-after($text,'_')"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="build">
- <xsl:result-document format="textFormat" href="build">
- <xsl:text>#! /bin/bash
-#
-# Bourne shell script to build the </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$doctype"/>
- <xsl:text> file and documentation
-#
-java -jar </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$processor"/>
- <xsl:text> -o:</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.xml </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
- <xsl:text>/db2dtx.xsl processor=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$processor"/>
- <xsl:text> cpdir=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
- <xsl:text> appdir=</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$appdir"/>
- <xsl:text>
-yes|pdflatex </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins
-pdflatex </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:if test="//db:part[descendant::db:bibliography
- and descendant::db:biblioref]">
- <xsl:text>bibtex </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>
awk -f </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$cpdir"/>
- <xsl:text>/decommentbbl.awk </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.bbl ></xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.bdc
mv </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.bdc </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.bbl
pdflatex </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>makeindex -s gind.ist -o </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ind </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.idx
-makeindex -s gglo.ist -o </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.gls </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.glo
-pdflatex </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx
</xsl:text>
- <!-- additional processing steps -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='builder']
- /db:segmentedlist/db:seglistitem/db:seg">
- <!-- 1. Content is the command including any fixed parameters
- which immediately follow it, but not usually arguments -->
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <!-- 1a. alternative way for a -f argument -->
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:show='replace'">
- <xsl:text> -f</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 1b. output spec with a -o option -->
- <xsl:if test="@role">
- <xsl:text> -o </xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@audience">
- <xsl:value-of select="@audience"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@role"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 2. space between command and args -->
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <!-- 3. input default file is the name of the current document -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="@audience">
- <xsl:value-of select="@audience"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:actuate!='none'">
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- filetype of the input file -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- either with xlink:type -->
- <xsl:when test="@xlink:type">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:type"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- default for the first one is the current (dtx) -->
- <xsl:when test="position()=1">
- <xsl:text>.dtx</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise it's the @role of the preceding command -->
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:seglistitem
- /preceding-sibling::db:seglistitem[1]
- /db:seg[@role]">
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="parent::db:seglistitem
- /preceding-sibling::db:seglistitem[1]
- /db:seg/@role"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- otherwise nothing -->
- </xsl:choose>
- <!-- 4. Output: optionally a redirect -->
- <xsl:if test="@xlink:arcrole">
- <xsl:text> ></xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:arcrole"/>
- </xsl:if>
- <!-- 5. newline at end -->
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>echo Copying files into dev tree...
</xsl:text>
- <!-- copy all the files into the dev tree for zipping
- doc/latex/name/MANIFEST|README|.pdf
- source/latex/name/.dtx|.ins
- tex/latex/name/.cls|.sty
- -->
- <xsl:text>mkdir -p doc/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>mkdir -p source/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>mkdir -p tex/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- first the documentation -->
- <xsl:text>cp README MANIFEST </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.pdf </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>doc/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- then the source code -->
- <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>source/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- then this class or package -->
- <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>tex/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <!-- add any ancillary files extracted from the .dtx file -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:part[@xml:id='code']
- /db:appendix[@xml:id and @xlink:href]
- |
- /db:book/db:part[@xml:id='files']
- /db:chapter/db:programlisting">
- <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@xlink:href"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>tex/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- add any extra files listed in the .xml file -->
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
- /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
- <xsl:text>cp </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>source/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <!-- ZIP 'EM UP from the dev directory -->
- <xsl:text>echo Zipping up files from dev tree...
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>zip -r --exclude=*.svn* --exclude=*.DS_Store* </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>.tds.zip doc/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text> source/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text> tex/latex/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:base"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>echo Zipping up plain CTAN version...
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>zip </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>.zip README MANIFEST </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>.dtx </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>.ins </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>.pdf </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$filetype"/>
- <xsl:for-each select="/db:book/db:info/db:cover
- /db:constraintdef[@xml:id='manifest']
- /db:simplelist/db:member[.!='']">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>.tds.zip
</xsl:text>
- <!-- INSTALL the package or class file into the live tree -->
- <xsl:text>echo Installing working copy...
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:text>unzip -o -d </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$personaltree"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
- <xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@version"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="/db:book/@revision"/>
- <xsl:text>.tds.zip
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:result-document>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:part/db:title |
- db:chapter/db:title |
- db:chapter/db:para" mode="files"/>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:chapter" mode="files">
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="files"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:programlisting" mode="files">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='files']">
- <xsl:text>% \iffalse
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \begin{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>%<*</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:chapter/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>></xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- <xsl:text>
%</</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="parent::db:chapter/@xml:id"/>
- <xsl:text>>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='files']">
- <xsl:text>% \fi
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:text>% \end{macrocode}
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="delogify">
- <xsl:param name="string"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\LaTeXe{}')">
- <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
- <xsl:with-param name="string">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>LaTeX2e</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\LaTeXe{}')"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\LaTeX{}')">
- <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
- <xsl:with-param name="string">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>LaTeX</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\LaTeX{}')"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="contains($string,'\TeX{}')">
- <xsl:call-template name="delogify">
- <xsl:with-param name="string">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($string,'\TeX{}')"/>
- <xsl:text>TeX</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-after($string,'\TeX{}')"/>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$string"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
-
-<!--
- Checksum is the number of backslash commands in the
- output code — approximately!
- lxgrep "part[@xml:id='code']//programlisting" $1.xml |\
- grep '\\' |\
- sed -e "s+[^\\\\]++g" |\
- tr -d '\012' |\
- tr '\\' '\012' |\
- wc -l
--->
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/db2plaintext.xsl 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,513 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
- version="2.0">
-
- <!-- ClassPack README STRUCTURE ONLY for inclusion in db2dtx.xsl
-
- 23 para
- 11 productname
- 11 title
- 10 olink
- 6 filename
- 6 sect1
- 5 acronym
- 4 listitem
- 4 systemitem
- 4 term
- 4 varlistentry
- 3 programlisting
- 3 sect2
- 2 anchor
- 2 guilabel
- 2 varname
- 1 chapter
- 1 emphasis
- 1 guibutton
- 1 replaceable
- 1 uri
- 1 variablelist
- 1 warning
-
--->
-
- <xsl:variable name="maindoc" select="."/>
-
- <xsl:variable name="width">
- <xsl:text>72</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <!-- plain titles and plain paras -->
-
- <xsl:template mode="readme"
- match="db:title[not(parent::db:chapter) and
- not(parent::db:sect1) and
- not(parent::db:sect2) and
- not(parent::db:sect3) and
- not(parent::db:warning)] |
- db:para[not(parent::db:listitem) and
- not(parent::db:warning)]">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- section headings -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:chapter/db:title" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content"
- select="upper-case(normalize-space($content))"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect1/db:title" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(parent::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect2/db:title" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(ancestor::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(parent::db:sect2/preceding-sibling::db:sect2) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect3/db:title" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(ancestor::db:sect1/preceding-sibling::db:sect1) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(ancestor::db:sect2/preceding-sibling::db:sect2) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text>.</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(parent::db:sect3/preceding-sibling::db:sect3) + 1"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:warning/db:title" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="prefix">
- <xsl:text> WARNING: </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text> !
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:programlisting" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="curdoctype">
- <xsl:value-of select="$maindoc/db:book/@arch"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:if test="@condition=$curdoctype or not(@condition)">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:term" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:para[parent::db:listitem]" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:variablelist">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:itemizedlist">
- <xsl:text> * </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:when test="ancestor::db:orderedlist">
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of
- select="count(parent::db:listitem/preceding-sibling::db:listitem)+1"/>
- <xsl:text> </xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id!='code']">
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:para[parent::db:warning]" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="content">
- <xsl:apply-templates select="node()" mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:call-template name="normtext">
- <xsl:with-param name="content" select="normalize-space($content)"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> ! </xsl:text>
- </xsl:with-param>
- </xsl:call-template>
- <xsl:if test="following-sibling::db:para">
- <xsl:if test="ancestor::db:part[@xml:id='code'] or
- ancestor::db:procedure[@xml:id='prepackage']">
- <xsl:text>%% </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text> !</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:sect1" mode="readme">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when
- test="@xml:id='bugs' and
- $maindoc//db:revhistory/db:revision[1]/db:revdescription/db:orderedlist">
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme" select="db:title"/>
- <xsl:text>The following need attention:

</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"
- select="$maindoc//db:revhistory/db:revision[1]/db:revdescription/db:orderedlist"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:anchor" mode="readme">
- <xsl:variable name="loc" select="@targetptr"/>
- <xsl:variable name="pos" select="@type"/>
- <xsl:variable name="omit" select="@remap"/>
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Getting </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$loc"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$pos"/>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- special usage referencing a macro -->
- <xsl:when test="@targetptr='copyright' and @type='*'">
- <xsl:for-each select="$maindoc">
- <xsl:call-template name="copyright-statement">
- <xsl:with-param name="ftype" select="/db:book/@userlevel"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:for-each>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- normal operation -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="readme"
- select="$maindoc/
- descendant::*[local-name()=$loc][1]/*[local-name()!=$omit]"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- CONTENT -->
-
- <xsl:template match="db:olink" mode="inline">
- <xsl:call-template name="metadata"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:acronym | db:uri | db:filename"
- mode="inline">
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:phrase | db:wordasword | db:quote"
- mode="inline">
- <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
- <xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:footnote" mode="inline">
- <xsl:text> [</xsl:text>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
- <xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:command" mode="inline">
- <xsl:if test="@xml:lang='TeX' or @xml:lang='LaTeX' or not(@xml:lang)">
- <xsl:text>\</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:apply-templates mode="inline"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="text()" mode="inline">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="parent::db:emphasis">
- <xsl:value-of select="upper-case(.)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="."/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template match="db:biblioref" mode="inline">
- <xsl:text>(</xsl:text>
- <xsl:variable name="bibref" select="@linkend"/>
- <!-- go to the entry -->
- <xsl:for-each select="$maindoc/descendant::db:biblioentry[@xml:id=$bibref]">
- <xsl:variable name="authors" select="count(descendant::db:author)"/>
- <!-- only name up to the first two -->
- <xsl:for-each select="descendant::db:author
- [count(preceding-sibling::db:author)<2]">
- <xsl:if test="$authors>2
- and count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=1">
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:if test="count(preceding-sibling::db:author)=2">
- <xsl:text> & </xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:value-of select="db:personname/db:surname"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:if test="$authors>3">
- <xsl:text> et al</xsl:text>
- </xsl:if>
- <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="substring(descendant::db:date[1]/@YYYY-MM-DD,1,4)"/>
- </xsl:for-each>
- <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- extraction of metadata from master file -->
-
- <xsl:template name="metadata">
- <xsl:variable name="loc" select="@targetptr"/>
- <xsl:variable name="pos" select="@type"/>
- <!--
- <xsl:message>
- <xsl:text>Getting </xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$loc"/>
- <xsl:text>/</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="$pos"/>
- </xsl:message>
- -->
- <xsl:value-of
- select="$maindoc/
- descendant::*[local-name()=$loc][1]/@*[name()=$pos]"/>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <!-- typesetting -->
-
- <xsl:template name="normtext">
- <xsl:param name="content"/>
- <xsl:param name="indent">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="prefix">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:call-template name="set">
- <!--
- <xsl:value-of select='replace(., "\$\d+\.\d{2}","\$xx.xx")'/>
--->
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="replace(replace(replace(replace(
- concat($prefix,$content),'\\TeX\{\}','TeX'),
- '\\LaTeX\{\}','LaTeX'),
- '\\thinspace\{\}',' '),
- '\\nicefrac(.)(.)','$1/$2')"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="set">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:param name="indent">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="string-length($text) < $width">
- <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:variable name="line">
- <xsl:call-template name="token">
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="$text"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:value-of select="$line"/>
- <xsl:text>
</xsl:text>
- <xsl:call-template name="set">
- <xsl:with-param name="text"
- select="normalize-space(substring-after(
- concat($indent,$text),$line))"/>
- <xsl:with-param name="indent" select="$indent"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
- <xsl:template name="token">
- <xsl:param name="text"/>
- <xsl:param name="line"/>
- <xsl:param name="length">
- <xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:param name="indent">
- <xsl:text></xsl:text>
- </xsl:param>
- <xsl:variable name="word">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="contains($text,' ')">
- <xsl:value-of select="substring-before($text,' ')"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="$text"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:variable>
- <xsl:variable name="size" select="string-length($word)"/>
- <xsl:choose>
- <!-- too much for line -->
- <xsl:when test="$length + 1 + $size > $width">
- <xsl:value-of select="$line"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <!-- another word will fit -->
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:call-template name="token">
- <xsl:with-param name="line">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$length=0">
- <xsl:value-of select="$indent"/>
- <xsl:value-of select="$word"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="concat($line,' ',$word)"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="length">
- <xsl:choose>
- <xsl:when test="$length=0">
- <xsl:value-of select="$size + string-length($indent)"/>
- </xsl:when>
- <xsl:otherwise>
- <xsl:value-of select="string-length($line) + 1 + $size"/>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:with-param>
- <xsl:with-param name="text" select="substring-after($text,' ')"/>
- </xsl:call-template>
- </xsl:otherwise>
- </xsl:choose>
- </xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/decommentbbl.awk 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-# decommentbbl.awk
-#
-# This awk(1) script catenates consecutive lines of a BiBTeX-produced
-# .bbl file which end in a comment character (removing the comment
-# character in the process) because the default % comment character
-# gets misinterpreted by the ltxdoc package when building class or
-# package files.
-#
-# Copyright © 2008-2012 Silmaril Consultants
-# Available under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License
-# as part of the classpack development package
-# Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie> 2010-10-14
-#
-######################################################################
-#
-# Read every line of the file into an array
-
-{
- line[NR]=$0;
-}
-
-######################################################################
-#
-# At the end, go through the array; if a line ends with a % sign,
-# catenate it to the buffer, omitting the percent sign itself;
-# otherwise, output the buffer and zero it for further use.
-
-END {
- for(i=1;i<=NR;++i) {
- if(substr(line[i],length(line[i]))=="%") {
- buffer=buffer substr(line[i],1,length(line[i])-1);
- } else {
- print buffer line[i];buffer="";
- }
- }
-}
-
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/doctexbook.dtd 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `doctexbook.dtd',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% classpack.dtx (with options: `savedtd')
-%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
-%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
-%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
-%%
-%% The XML vocabulary
-%%
-%% There are currently no changes to the DocBook element structure.
-%%
-%% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity declarations to
-%% ease the transformation to LaTeX.
-<!ENTITY % db5dtd SYSTEM "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd">
-<!ATTLIST date YYYY-MM-DD CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ATTLIST blockquote units CDATA #IMPLIED
- begin CDATA #IMPLIED
- end CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ATTLIST quote units CDATA #IMPLIED
- begin CDATA #IMPLIED
- end CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ELEMENT html:form EMPTY>
-<!ENTITY ampers "\&">
-<!ENTITY BiBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY BibTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY BIBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY ConTeXt "\ConTeXt{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX2e "\LaTeXe{}">
-<!ENTITY XeTeX "\XeTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LyX "\LyX{}">
-<!ENTITY METAFONT "\MF{}">
-<!ENTITY METAPOST "\MP{}">
-<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
-<!ENTITY bsol "{\texttt{\textbackslash}}">
-<!ENTITY date "\filedate{}">
-<!ENTITY degree "\textdegree{}">
-<!ENTITY doctype "\classorpackage{}">
-<!ENTITY filler "\hfil{}">
-<!ENTITY frac12 "\nicefrac12">
-<!ENTITY frac13 "\nicefrac13">
-<!ENTITY frac23 "\nicefrac23">
-<!ENTITY hellip "\dots{}">
-<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
-<!ENTITY mldr "\dotfill{}">
-<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
-<!ENTITY ndash "--">
-<!ENTITY percnt "\%">
-<!ENTITY square "\raisebox{-1pt}{\Square}">
-<!ENTITY thinsp "\thinspace{}">
-<!ENTITY times "×">
-<!ENTITY specialUuml '{\normalfont\"{\fontfamily{cdr}\selectfont U}}'>
-<!ENTITY verbar "\menusep{}">
-<!ENTITY version "\fileversion{}">
-<!-- call the main DTD --> %db5dtd;
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `doctexbook.dtd'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/getgis.sh 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `getgis.sh',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% classpack.dtx (with options: `lxp')
-%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
-%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
-%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
-%%
-%% Reusable XML
-%%
-%% In , I said that one of the benefits of using XML for software
-%% generation and documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here
-%% are a couple of simple examples.
-$ lxprintf -e productname "%s\n" . classpack.xml |\
- sort | uniq -c | sort -k 1nr
-%%
-%% Checking that all element types have been described!
-
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `getgis.sh'.
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/lppl.xml 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,541 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0//EN"
- "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX3 "\LaTeX{3}">
-<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
-<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
-]>
-<chapter xml:id="LPPL:LPPL" version="1.3c" xml:lang="en:US"
- revision="2008-05-04" annotations="Copyright 1999, 2002--2008
- &LaTeX3; Project">
- <title>The &LaTeX; Project Public License</title>
- <blockquote>
- <para>Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
- license document, but modification of it is not allowed.</para>
- </blockquote>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Preamble">
- <title>Preamble</title>
- <para>The &LaTeX; Project Public License (<acronym>LPPL</acronym>)
- is the primary license under which the &LaTeX; kernel and the
- base &LaTeX; packages are distributed.</para>
- <para>You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
- copyright and which you wish to distribute. This license may be
- particularly suitable if your work is &TeX;-related (such as a
- &LaTeX; package), but it is written in such a way that you can
- use it even if your work is unrelated to &TeX;.</para>
- <para>The section <citetitle linkend="LPPL:Distribute"
- pubwork="section"/>, below, gives instructions, examples, and
- recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
- their works under this license.</para>
- <para>This license gives conditions under which a work may be
- distributed and modified, as well as conditions under which
- modified versions of that work may be distributed.</para>
- <para>We, the &LaTeX3; Project, believe that the conditions below
- give you the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of
- your work that conform with whatever technical specifications
- you wish while maintaining the availability, integrity, and
- reliability of that work. If you do not see how to achieve your
- goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document
- <filename xlink:type="tex">cfgguide</filename> and <filename
- xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> in the base &LaTeX;
- distribution for suggestions.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Definitions">
- <title>Definitions</title>
- <para>In this license document the following terms are used:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Work</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Any work being distributed under this License.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Derived Work</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Any work that under any applicable law is derived from
- the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Modification</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
- applicable law—for example, the production of a file
- containing an original file associated with the Work or a
- significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or
- with modifications and/or translated into another
- language.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Modify</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
- under any applicable law.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Distribution</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Making copies of the Work available from one person to
- another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes (but
- is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
- Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as
- <acronym>FTP</acronym> or <acronym>HTTP</acronym> or by
- shared file systems such as Sun's Network File System
- (<acronym>NFS</acronym>).</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Compiled Work</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>A version of the Work that has been processed into a
- form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
- This processing may include using installation facilities
- provided by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying
- of components of the Work, or other activities. Note that
- modification of any installation facilities provided by
- the Work constitutes modification of the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Current Maintainer</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>A person or persons nominated as such within the Work.
- If there is no such explicit nomination then it is the
- <phrase>Copyright Holder</phrase> under any applicable
- law.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Base Interpreter</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>A program or process that is normally needed for
- running or interpreting a part or the whole of the
- Work.</para>
- <para>A Base Interpreter may depend on external components
- but these are not considered part of the Base Interpreter
- provided that each external component clearly identifies
- itself whenever it is used interactively. Unless
- explicitly specified when applying the license to the
- Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
- <phrase>&LaTeX;-Format</phrase> or in the case of files
- belonging to the <phrase>&LaTeX;-format</phrase> a program
- implementing the `&TeX; language'.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Conditions">
- <title>Conditions on Distribution and Modification</title>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Activities other than distribution and/or modification
- of the Work are not covered by this license; they are
- outside its scope. In particular, the act of running the
- Work is not restricted and no requirements are made
- concerning any offers of support for the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:distribute">
- <para>You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the
- Work as you received it. Distribution of only part of the
- Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
- distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the
- terms of this clause.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been
- generated from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as
- distributed under Clause <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:distribute"/> above, as
- long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
- the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system
- exactly as it would have been installed if they generated a
- Compiled Work directly from the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:currmaint">
- <para>If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may,
- without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a
- Derived Work. You may also distribute the Derived Work
- without restriction, including Compiled Works generated from
- the Derived Work. Derived Works distributed in this manner
- by the Current Maintainer are considered to be updated
- versions of the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
- may modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived
- Work based on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus
- creating a Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:conditions">
- <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
- may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
- conditions are met for every component of the Work unless
- that component clearly states in the copyright notice that
- it is exempt from that condition. Only the Current
- Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption to
- a component of the Work.</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
- replacement for a component of the Work when that
- component is used with the Base Interpreter, then,
- wherever this component of the Work identifies itself to
- the user when used interactively with that Base
- Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived
- Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
- modified version of this component to the user when used
- interactively with that Base Interpreter.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Every component of the Derived Work contains
- prominent notices detailing the nature of the changes to
- that component, or a prominent reference to another file
- that is distributed as part of the Derived Work and that
- contains a complete and accurate log of the
- changes.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>No information in the Derived Work implies that any
- persons, including (but not limited to) the authors of
- the original version of the Work, provide any support,
- including (but not limited to) the reporting and
- handling of errors, to recipients of the Derived Work
- unless those persons have stated explicitly that they do
- provide such support for the Derived Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You distribute at least one of the following with
- the Derived Work:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
- distribution of a modified component is made by
- offering access to copy the modified component from
- a designated place, then offering equivalent access
- to copy the Work from the same or some similar place
- meets this condition, even though third parties are
- not compelled to copy the Work along with the
- modified component;</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Information that is sufficient to obtain a
- complete, unmodified copy of the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
- may distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived
- Work, as long as the Derived Work is distributed to all
- recipients of the Compiled Work, and as long as the
- conditions of Clause <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/>, above, are met
- with regard to the Derived Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and
- hence do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of
- any component so that it becomes identical to an updated
- version of that component of the Work as it is distributed
- by the Current Maintainer under Clause <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:currmaint"/>, above.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an
- alternative format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in
- whole or in part) is then produced by applying some process
- to that format, does not relax or nullify any sections of
- this license as they pertain to the results of applying that
- process.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>A Derived Work may be distributed under a different
- license provided that license itself honors the
- conditions listed in Clause <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/> above, in
- regard to the Work, though it does not have to honor the
- rest of the conditions in this license.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If a Derived Work is distributed under a different
- license, that Derived Work must provide sufficient
- documentation as part of itself to allow each recipient
- of that Derived Work to honor the restrictions in
- Clause <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:conditions"/> above, concerning
- changes from the Work.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>This license places no restrictions on works that are
- unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
- restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any
- means.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used
- to, prevent complete compliance by all parties with all
- applicable laws.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Warranty">
- <title>No Warranty</title>
- <para>There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise
- stated in writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work
- <phrase>as is</phrase>, without warranty of any kind, either
- expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the implied
- warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
- purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of
- the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you
- assume the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or
- correction.</para>
- <para>In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to
- in writing will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the
- components of the Work, or any other party who may distribute
- and/or modify the Work as permitted above, be liable to you for
- damages, including any general, special, incidental or
- consequential damages arising out of any use of the Work or out
- of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited to,
- loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses
- sustained by anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to
- operate with any other programs), even if the Copyright Holder
- or said author or said other party has been advised of the
- possibility of such damages.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Maintenance">
- <title>Maintenance of The Work</title>
- <para>The Work has the status <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>
- if the Copyright Holder explicitly and prominently states near
- the primary copyright notice in the Work that the Work can only
- be maintained by the Copyright Holder or simply that it is
- <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>.</para>
- <para>The Work has the status <phrase>maintained</phrase> if there
- is a Current Maintainer who has indicated in the Work that they
- are willing to receive error reports for the Work (for example,
- by supplying a valid e-mail address). It is not required for the
- Current Maintainer to acknowledge or act upon these error
- reports.</para>
- <para>The Work changes from status <phrase>maintained</phrase> to
- <phrase>unmaintained</phrase> if there is no Current Maintainer,
- or the person stated to be Current Maintainer of the work cannot
- be reached through the indicated means of communication for a
- period of six months, and there are no other significant signs
- of active maintenance.</para>
- <para>You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by
- agreement with any existing Current Maintainer to take over this
- role.</para>
- <para>If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current
- Maintainer of the Work through the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current
- Maintainer (and the Copyright Holder, if the two differ)
- through the means of an Internet or similar search.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If this search is successful, then enquire whether the
- Work is still maintained.</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>If it is being maintained, then ask the Current
- Maintainer to update their communication data within one
- month.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:intention">
- <para>If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume
- active maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer,
- then announce within the pertinent community your
- intention to take over maintenance. (If the Work is a
- &LaTeX; work, this could be done, for example, by
- posting to <uri type="news">comp.text.tex</uri>.)</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to
- pass maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes
- effect immediately upon announcement.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:announce">
- <para>If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the
- Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be
- passed to you, then this takes effect immediately upon
- announcement.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem xml:id="LPPL:item:change">
- <para>If you make an <phrase>intention announcement</phrase>
- as described in <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:intention"/> above and after three
- months your intention is challenged neither by the Current
- Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other people,
- then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
- name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
- reachable once more within three months of a change
- completed under the terms of <xref
- linkend="LPPL:item:announce"/>
- or <xref linkend="LPPL:item:change"/>, then that
- Current
- Maintainer must become or remain the Current Maintainer upon
- request provided they then update their communication data
- within one month.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself,
- alter the fact that the Work is distributed under the
- <acronym>LPPL</acronym> license.</para>
- <para>If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
- immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and
- unambiguous statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You
- should also announce your new status to the same pertinent
- community as in <xref linkend="LPPL:item:intention"/>
- above.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="LPPL:Distribute">
- <title>Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
- License</title>
- <para>This section contains important instructions, examples, and
- recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
- their works under this license. These authors are addressed as
- <wordasword>you</wordasword> in this section.</para>
- <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:Choosing">
- <title>Choosing This License or Another License</title>
- <para>If for any part of your work you want or need to use
- <emphasis>distribution</emphasis> conditions that differ
- significantly from those in this license, then do not refer to
- this license anywhere in your work but, instead, distribute
- your work under a different license. You may use the text of
- this license as a model for your own license, but your license
- should not refer to the <acronym>LPPL</acronym> or otherwise
- give the impression that your work is distributed under the
- <acronym>LPPL</acronym>.</para>
- <para>The document <filename
- xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> in the base &LaTeX;
- distribution explains the motivation behind the conditions of
- this license. It explains, for example, why distributing
- &LaTeX; under the <acronym>GNU</acronym> General Public
- License (<acronym>GPL</acronym>) was considered inappropriate.
- Even if your work is unrelated to &LaTeX;, the discussion in
- <filename xlink:type="tex">modguide</filename> may still be
- relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works
- under any license are encouraged to read it.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:WithoutDistribution">
- <title>A Recommendation on Modification Without
- Distribution</title>
- <para>It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even
- for your own personal use, without also meeting the above
- conditions for distributing the modified component. While you
- might intend that such modifications will never be
- distributed, often this will happen by accident—you may
- forget that you have modified that component; or it may not
- occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
- version that you are thus distributing it and violating the
- conditions of this license in ways that could have legal
- implications and, worse, cause problems for the community. It
- is therefore usually in your best interest to keep your copy
- of the Work identical with the public one. Many works provide
- ways to control the behavior of that work without altering any
- of its licensed components.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:HowTo">
- <title>How to Use This License</title>
- <para>To use this license, place in each of the components of
- your work both an explicit copyright notice including your
- name and the year the work was authored and/or last
- substantially modified. Include also a statement that the
- distribution and/or modification of that component is
- constrained by the conditions in this license.</para>
- <para>Here is an example of such a notice and statement:</para>
- <programlisting>
-%%% pig.dtx
-%%% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
-%% and the derived file pig.sty.
- </programlisting>
- <para>Given such a notice and statement in a file, the
- conditions given in this license document would apply, with
- the <wordasword>Work</wordasword> referring to the three files
- <filename xlink:type="dtx">pig</filename>, <filename
- xlink:type="ins">pig</filename>, and <filename
- xlink:type="sty">pig</filename> (the last being generated
- from <filename xlink:type="dtx">pig</filename> using <filename
- xlink:type="ins">pig</filename>), the <phrase>Base
- Interpreter</phrase> referring to any
- <phrase>&LaTeX;-Format</phrase>, and both <phrase>Copyright
- Holder</phrase> and <phrase>Current Maintainer</phrase>
- referring to the person
- <personname>M. Y. Name</personname>.</para>
- <para>If you do not want the Maintenance section of
- <acronym>LPPL</acronym> to apply to your Work, change
- <wordasword>maintained</wordasword> above into
- <phrase>author-maintained</phrase>. However, we recommend that
- you use <wordasword>maintained</wordasword> as the Maintenance
- section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains
- useful to the community even when you can no longer maintain
- and support it yourself.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:NotReplacements">
- <title>Derived Works That Are Not Replacements</title>
- <para>Several clauses of the <acronym>LPPL</acronym> specify
- means to provide reliability and stability for the user
- community. They therefore concern themselves with the case
- that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a (compatible or
- incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If this is not
- the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
- completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not
- apply.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 xml:id="LPPL:Recommendations">
- <title>Important Recommendations</title>
- <sect3>
- <title>Defining What Constitutes the Work</title>
- <para>The <acronym>LPPL</acronym> requires that distributions
- of the Work contain all the files of the Work. It is
- therefore important that you provide a way for the licensee
- to determine which files constitute the Work. This could,
- for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the files
- of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
- using a line such as:</para>
- <programlisting>
-%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
- </programlisting>
- <para>in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it
- might be impossible for the licensee to determine what is
- considered by you to comprise the Work and, in such a case,
- the licensee would be entitled to make reasonable
- conjectures as to which files comprise the Work.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/prepost.xml 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,648 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE refsection
- PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0 for DocTeX//EN" "doctexbook-master.dtd">
-<!-- This is the lookup table prepost.xml used by the db2dtx.xsl
- program, part of the classpack package for maintaining LaTeX
- packages and document classes. It is documented in the manual for
- classpack.
-
- To sort the contents of this file by package name, use the command
- lxsort refsection/procedure step @remap prepost.xml
-
- To list the packages specified, use the command
- lxprintf -e step "%s %s\n" ancestor::procedure/@xml:id @remap prepost.xml
--->
-<refsection>
- <title>Commands to use before and after packages</title>
- <procedure xml:id="prepackage">
- <!-- FONTS -->
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fix-cm">
- <para>Allow infinitely-variable font scaling.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="avant">
- <para>Adobe Avant Garde as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="mathdesign">
- <para>Use the alternate MathDesign fonts for mathematics.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="charter">
- <para>Bitstream Charter as the default typeface</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="courier">
- <para>Adobe Courier as the default monospace (typewriter)
- typeface.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls doc sty" remap="emerald">
- <para>Collection of handwriting typefaces.</para>
- </step>
- <step remap="dejavu" condition="cls sty doc" conformance="nosc">
- <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="DejaVuSans" conformance="nosc">
- <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="DejaVuSerif" conformance="nosc">
- <para>Sets the DejaVu typeface as the default serif typeface.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="eucal">
- <para>Add the AMS Euler calligraphic math letters.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="aller">
- <para>Sans-serif typeface by Dalton Maag available free from
- <uri>http://www.fontsquirrel.com/fonts/Aller</uri></para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="amssymb">
- <para>Provide for the American Mathematical Society's symbols
- (see their documentation for details).</para>
- </step>
- <step role="utf8x" remap="inputenc" condition="cls sty">
- <para>UTF-8 is the default character set, to allow for use of
- any character in any writing system. Some characters are not
- specified for all fonts, so may have to be specified
- manually.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\let\SavedShow\show</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="fontenc" role="T1">
- <para>Extended font encoding to handle UTF-8.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="marvosym">
- <para>Selection of symbols by Martin Vogel, including the Euro
- sign.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="helvet" role="scaled=0.8667">
- <para>Adobe Helvetica as the default sans-serif typeface.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="lmodern">
- <para>The updated Computer Modern typeface as the default.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="manfnt">
- <para>Knuth's <wordasword>manual</wordasword> font (as in
- <citetitle>The &TeX;book</citetitle>), used for symbols.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="mathptmx">
- <para>Adobe Times New Roman as the default serif typeface, with
- extended (non-Adobe) Times math.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="warnock">
- <para>Serif typeface by Robert Slimbach available under licence
- from Adobe.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="pslatex">
- <para>Provides Times, Helvetica, and Courier, but chiefly used
- for its specially-narrowed Courier.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="mflogo">
- <para>Provides the &METAFONT; and &METAPOST; logos.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <!-- BIBLIO -->
- <step condition="doc" remap="apacite">
- <para>Bibliographic commands and formatting for the American
- Psychological Association journals.</para>
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\AtBeginDocument{\edef\ApaciteRestoreAtCode{\catcode`@=\the\catcode`@\relax}}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="bibunits">
- <para>Provision for per-chapter bibliographies.</para>
- </step>
- <!-- UTILS -->
- <step remap="array" condition="cls sty doc">
- <para>Additional column formatting for tables.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="tgroup">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>condition</parameter>
- </methodparam>
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>colwidth</parameter>
- </methodparam>
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>char</parameter>
- <modifier>m</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>char</parameter>
- <modifier>b</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step remap="dcolumn" condition="doc">
- <para>Column formatting for decimal-aligned values</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>align</parameter>
- <modifier>char</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="babel">
- <para>Add H&ers;J support and cultural changes for many
- languages.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="calc">
- <para>Required for the calculation of extra widths for margin
- adjustment.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls" remap="ccaption">
- <para>Allows modifications to the layout of table and figure
- captions.</para>
- </step>
- <step remap="etoolbox" condition="doc cls sty">
- <para>An e-&TeX; toolbox for class and package authors</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="draftwatermark">
- <para>Allow the creation of a background watermark saying
- <wordasword>DRAFT</wordasword>.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls doc sty" remap="enumitem" role="inline">
- <para>List variants: inline and compact. THIS REPLACES PARALIST
- AND MDWLIST.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="orderedlist">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>spacing</parameter>
- <modifier>compact</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="itemizedlist">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>spacing</parameter>
- <modifier>compact</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="variablelist">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fancybox">
- <para>This provides round-cornered and drop-shadow boxes.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="guibutton"/>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="sidebar"/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="fancyhdr">
- <para>Do running headers and footers.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="fancyvrb">
- <para>Add more robust verbatim facilities.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="programlisting"/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="textcase">
- <para>Provides a more sophisticated casing function than the
- default.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="float">
- <para>Allows redesigning of floats and creation of new float
- types.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="fmtcount">
- <para>Allows for the automated formatting of ordinal
- representations of numbers and counters as strings (eg first,
- second, third, etc).</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="xref">
- <methodparam>
- <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
- <modifier>varlistentry</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- <methodparam>
- <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
- <modifier>listitem</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
-<!-- defaults for Letter
-* driver: pdftex
-* paper: letterpaper
-* layout: <same size as paper>
-* layoutoffset:(h,v)=(0.0pt,0.0pt)
-* modes:
-* h-part:(L,W,R)=(72.26999pt, 469.75502pt, 72.26999pt)
-* v-part:(T,H,B)=(72.26999pt, 650.43001pt, 72.26999pt)
-* \paperwidth=614.295pt
-* \paperheight=794.96999pt
-* \textwidth=469.75502pt
-* \textheight=650.43001pt
-* \oddsidemargin=0.0pt
-* \evensidemargin=0.0pt
-* \topmargin=-37.0pt
-* \headheight=12.0pt
-* \headsep=25.0pt
-* \topskip=10.0pt
-* \footskip=30.0pt
-* \marginparwidth=65.0pt
-* \marginparsep=11.0pt
-* \columnsep=10.0pt
-* \skip\footins=9.0pt plus 4.0pt minus 2.0pt
-* \hoffset=0.0pt
-* \voffset=0.0pt
-* \mag=1000
-* \@twocolumnfalse
-* \@twosidefalse
-* \@mparswitchfalse
-* \@reversemarginfalse
-* (1in=72.27pt=25.4mm, 1cm=28.453pt)
--->
-<!-- defaults for A4
-* driver: pdftex
-* paper: a4paper
-* layout: <same size as paper>
-* layoutoffset:(h,v)=(0.0pt,0.0pt)
-* modes:
-* h-part:(L,W,R)=(71.13188pt, 455.24411pt, 71.13188pt)
-* v-part:(T,H,B)=(71.13188pt, 702.78308pt, 71.13188pt)
-* \paperwidth=597.50787pt
-* \paperheight=845.04684pt
-* \textwidth=455.24411pt
-* \textheight=702.78308pt
-* \oddsidemargin=-1.1381pt
-* \evensidemargin=-1.1381pt
-* \topmargin=-38.1381pt
-* \headheight=12.0pt
-* \headsep=25.0pt
-* \topskip=10.0pt
-* \footskip=30.0pt
-* \marginparwidth=57.0pt
-* \marginparsep=11.0pt
-* \columnsep=10.0pt
-* \skip\footins=9.0pt plus 4.0pt minus 2.0pt
-* \hoffset=0.0pt
-* \voffset=0.0pt
-* \mag=1000
-* \@twocolumnfalse
-* \@twosidefalse
-* \@mparswitchfalse
-* \@reversemarginfalse
-* (1in=72.27pt=25.4mm, 1cm=28.453pt)
--->
- <step condition="doc" remap="geometry"
- role="textwidth=150mm,textheight=8.5in">
- <!-- width from A4, height from Letter, assuming 25mm/1in margins -->
- <para>Needed to allow resettable left margin to take account of
- whatever the widest macro name is; and to adjust margins on
- default base article package so that the document fits
- acceptably on both A4 and Letter paper. Assuming a 25mm (1in)
- margin, this means a text area of
- \[\min\big\{8½″-2″\,\big\|\,210\mbox{mm}-2″\big\}×
- \min\big\{9″-2″\,\big\|\,297\mbox{mm}-2″\big\}\]which I
- calculate as 6.27″×9″ or 159mm\,×\,229mm.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="geometry">
- <para>Package for establishing margins and text area.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="graphicx">
- <para>Provide for graphics (PNG, JPG, or PDF format (only) for
- pdflatex; EPS format (only) for standard &LaTeX;).</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="imagedata">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>fileref</parameter>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="hyperref">
- <para>Provides complex settings for making hypertext (clickable)
- links in PDF and PS output for URIs, cross-references, and
- bibliographic citations.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifpdf">
- <para>Allow detection of PDF or DVI mode.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifsym" role="geometry">
- <para>Geometric symbols from the <filename>if</filename>
- fonts.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="ifthen">
- <para>Package to enable if--then--else conditional
- processing.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="lipsum">
- <para>Package to generate <wordasword>Greeked</wordasword> text
- (actually cod-Latin) as a placeholder.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="listings">
- <para>Provides syntactic fontification or formatting
- (<phrase>pretty-printing</phrase>) of verbatim text according to
- the computer language used.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="programlisting">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="makeidx">
- <para>Package for creating indexes.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="mdwlist">
- <para>DEPRECATED: USE ENUMITEM. Mark Wooding's package for
- compact lists.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="minitoc">
- <para>Provides a <wordasword>mini</wordasword> (per-chapter or
- per-section) Table of Contents.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="multicol">
- <para>Provides multi-column typesetting.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="simplelist">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>role</parameter>
- <modifier>twocol</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="orderedlist">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>role</parameter>
- <modifier>twocol</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="procedure">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>role</parameter>
- <modifier>twocol</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="multirow">
- <para>Provides multi-column typesetting.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="entry">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>morerows</parameter>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="nicefrac">
- <para>Slanted fractions, even in math mode.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="paralist">
- <para>DEPRECATED: USE ENUMITEM. Provides for in-line lists.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="parskip">
- <para>Creates paragraphs separated by white-space with no
- indentation.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="pdfpages">
- <para>Allow embedding of individual pages from another PDF
- document.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="imagedata">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>format</parameter>
- <modifier>pdf</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ragged2e">
- <para>Allow hyphenation in ragged setting.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="sectsty">
- <para>Allows the section headings to be re-styled.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="setspace">
- <para>Provide 1½ or double line spacing.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="soul">
- <para>Provides letter-spacing, strikeout, and underlining.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="textcomp">
- <para>Additional commands for common symbols and punctuation.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ucccrest">
- <para>University College Cork crest (restricted).</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="ulem" role="normalem">
- <para>Underlining as an option (<emphasis>not</emphasis>
- automatically replacing italics).</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="link">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="url">
- <para>Handling of URI formatting.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="ulink">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="uri">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="email">
- </constructorsynopsis>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>methodsynopsis</parameter>
- <modifier>href</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="chicago">
- <para>University of Chicago reference and citation style.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="bibliography">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>xreflabel</parameter>
- <modifier>chicago</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="varioref">
- <para>Provides extended formatting of cross-references.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition="xref"/>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="xargs">
- <para>Allow for multiple optional arguments.</para>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="xcolor" role="svgnames">
- <para>Provide color.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- </step>
- </procedure>
- <procedure xml:id="postpackage">
- <step condition="doc" remap="apacite">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\AtBeginDocument{\ApaciteRestoreAtCode}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="dox">
- <para>Provides extra documentation commands to
- distinguish types of macro being defined.</para>
- <constructorsynopsis condition=""/>
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <!-- define the names -->
- <command>\doxitem{Attribute}{attribute}{attributes}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{AttributeValue}{attributevalue}{attribute values}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Class}{class}{classes}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Colour}{colour}{colours}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{counters}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{DTD}{dtd}{DTDs/Schemas}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Element}{element}{element types}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Entity}{entity}{entities}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Error}{error}{errors}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Function}{function}{functions}</command>
- <command>\doxitem[macrolike]{Length}{length}{lengths}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Mode}{mode}{mode}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Option}{option}{options}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Package}{package}{packages}</command>
- <command>\doxitem{Template}{template}{templates}</command>
- <!-- a narrow font to display the tags in the userdoc -->
- <command>\newcommand{\LabelFont}[2][\relax]{\strut
- {\fontencoding\encodingdefault
- \fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\selectfont#1#2}\space}</command>
- <!-- how to print them in the margin -->
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeAttribute#1{\LabelFont{@#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeAttributeValue#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeClass#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeColour#1{\LabelFont[\color{#1}]{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeCounter#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeDTD#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeElement#1{\LabelFont{<#1>}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeEntity#1{\LabelFont{\}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeError#1{\LabelFont[\color{Red}!]{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeFunction#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeLength#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeMode#1{\LabelFont[\sffamily]{\textlangle#1\textrangle}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribePackage#1{\LabelFont{#1}}</command>
- <command>\def\PrintDescribeTemplate#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont]{#1}}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="enumitem" role="inline">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\setlist[description]{style=unboxed}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\AtBeginDocument{\let\show\SavedShow}</command>
- <command>\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{9251}{\textvisiblespace}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty" remap="inputenc" role="utf8x">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\PrerenderUnicode{–}</command>
- <command>\PrerenderUnicode{š}</command>
- <command>\PrerenderUnicode{ć}</command>
- <command>\PrerenderUnicode{Å}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="listings">
- <para>Provides better formatting of listings, with syntactic
- highlighting for &LaTeX; and other languages.</para>
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\lstdefinelanguage[DocBook]{XML}
- {morekeywords={abstract,address,affiliation,annotation,arg,author,
- book,chapter,classname,cmdsynopsis,command,constraintdef,contrib,
- copyright,cover,date,email,emphasis,envar,filename,firstname,
- footnote,guibutton,guilabel,guimenu,guimenuitem,guisubmenu,
- holder,info,itemizedlist,listitem,literal,member,option,
- orderedlist,orgdiv,orgname,package,para,parameter,part,
- personname,phrase,procedure,productname,programlisting,quote,
- refsection,remark,constructorsynopsis,methodparan,modifier,
- funcparams,olink,bibliography,biblioentry,biblioset,subtitle,
- artpagenums,volumenum,issuenum,
- releaseinfo,replaceable,revdescription,revhistory,revision,
- sect1,sect2,sect3,sect4,seg,seglistitem,segmentedlist,segtitle,
- simplelist,step,surname,systemitem,tag,term,title,uri,userinput,
- variablelist,varlistentry,wordasword,xref,year,xml:id,xlink:href},}
- </command>
- <command>\lstdefinelanguage[TEI]{XML}
- {morekeywords={TEI.2,teiHeader,div2,head,p,num,val,xml:id},
- }[keywords,comments,strings]
- </command>
- <command>\lstloadlanguages{[LaTeX]TeX,[DocBook]XML,XSLT,bash,R}</command>
- <command>\lstset{basicstyle=\small\color{Black}\ttfamily,
- literate=
- {Ö}{{\"O}}1
- {Ä}{{\"A}}1
- {Ü}{{\"U}}1
- {ß}{{\ss}}2
- {ü}{{\"u}}1
- {á}{{\'a}}1
- {é}{{\'e}}1
- {í}{{\'i}}1
- {ó}{{\'o}}1
- {ú}{{\'u}}1
- {ä}{{\"a}}1
- {ö}{{\"o}}1,
- keywordstyle=\color{DarkGreen}\bfseries,
- commentstyle=\color{Gray}\upshape,
- stringstyle=\color{DarkRed}\upshape,
- emphstyle=\color{MediumBlue}\itshape,
- showstringspaces=false,
- columns=fullflexible,
- keepspaces=true}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc cls sty" remap="makeidx">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\makeindex</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="nicefrac">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\def\textonehalf{\ensuremath{\nicefrac12}}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc" remap="sectsty">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\allsectionsfont{\sffamily}</command>
- <command>\renewcommand*{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\hspace\labelsep
- \sffamily\bfseries #1}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="doc sty cls" remap="varioref">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\vrefwarning</command>
- <command>\labelformat{chapter}{Chapter~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{chapter}{\@chapapp~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{section}{section~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{subsection}{section~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{subsubsection}{section~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{paragraph}{section~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{figure}{Figure~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{table}{Table~#1}</command>
- <command>\labelformat{item}{item~#1}</command>
- <command>\renewcommand{\reftextcurrent}{elsewhere on this
- page}</command>
- <command>\def\reftextafter{on the
- \reftextvario{next}{following} page}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- <step condition="cls sty doc" remap="xcolor">
- <para>There seems to be a bug in the T1 encoding of some package
- (unidentified, but possibly <package>xcolor</package>) which
- uses the command <command>T1</command>, which is an
- impossibility (no digits allowed in command names). So we fake
- it here to stop &LaTeX; complaining, by dropping the first
- argument on the floor.</para>
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\@ifundefined{T}{\newcommand{\T}[2]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#2}}}{}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
- </step>
- </procedure>
-</refsection>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/readme.xml 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0//EN"
- "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd" [
-<!ENTITY TeX "TeX">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX "LaTeX">
-<!ENTITY BiBTeX "BiBTeX">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX3 "LaTeX3">
-<!ENTITY mdash " — ">
-<!ENTITY nbsp " ">
-<!ENTITY thinsp " ">
-<!ATTLIST sect1 targetptr CDATA #IMPLIED type CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ATTLIST anchor targetptr CDATA #IMPLIED type CDATA #IMPLIED>
-]>
-<chapter xml:id="readme" version="0.03" xml:lang="en:IE"
- revision="2012-06-16" annotations="Copyright © 2012 &LaTeX3; Project">
- <title>README</title>
- <para>This is the README file for the <olink targetptr="book"
- type="xml:id"/> <olink targetptr="book" type="arch"/>.</para>
- <sect1 targetptr="abstract" type="content">
- <title>Summary</title>
- <anchor targetptr="abstract" type="*" remap="title"/>
- </sect1>
- <sect1>
- <title>Normal installation</title>
- <para>This <olink targetptr="book" type="arch"/> is distributed as
- a <filename>.tds.zip</filename> file (TDS is the &TeX; Directory
- Structure, the standard layout for a modern &TeX; installation).
- Install it on any personal <acronym>TDS</acronym>-compliant
- &TeX; system by unzipping it into your personal &TeX; directory
- (folder). This will put all the files into the right places, so
- you can start using them immediately.</para>
- <para>If you haven't yet created a personal &TeX; directory, see
- below for details of what one is, and how to create it.</para>
- <para>On a shared (multiuser) system like a server, unzip it into
- the <varname>$TEXMFLOCAL</varname> directory instead (see
- below), and run your &TeX; directory-indexing program (eg
- <productname>texhash</productname>,
- <productname>mktexlsr</productname>,
- <productname>Update FNDB</productname>, etc) so that
- everyone can use it.</para>
- <para>If you are using an old non-<acronym>TDS</acronym>-compliant
- system, see below under Manual Installation.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Your personal &TeX; directory</title>
- <para>This is a directory (folder) on single-user systems like
- desktops and laptops where you put all your local manual
- modifications, updates, and additions such as classes,
- packages, and fonts. The name and location are fixed:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Apple Mac OS X</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><systemitem>~/Library/texmf</systemitem></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Unix and GNU/Linux</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><systemitem>~/texmf</systemitem></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>MS-Windows 95/XP</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><systemitem>C:\texmf</systemitem></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>MS-Windows 2007 and above</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><systemitem>Computer\System\<replaceable>YOURNAME</replaceable>\texmf</systemitem></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>Create that folder if it does not already exist.</para>
- <warning>
- <title>If you are a Windows user running
- <productname>MiK&TeX;</productname></title>
- <para>When you create the folder, you must add it to
- <productname>MiK&TeX;</productname>'s list of supported
- folders. Run the <productname>MiK&TeX;
- Maintenance/Settings</productname> program, select the
- <guilabel>Roots</guilabel> tab, and add the folder. You only
- have to do this once.</para>
- <para>Each time you add or remove software in your personal
- &TeX; folder, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> also click on
- the <guibutton>Update FNDB</guibutton> button in the
- <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab.</para>
- </warning>
- <para>Unix (Mac and GNU/Linux) users do not need to (indeed,
- should not) run their filename database indexer
- (<productname>mktexlsr</productname> or
- <productname>texhash</productname>) for files put in
- your personal &TeX; directory.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2>
- <title>Installation on shared systems</title>
- <para>On multi-user systems (Unix-based), identify the shared
- local directory tree with the command</para>
- <programlisting>kpsewhich -expand-var '$TEXMFLOCAL'</programlisting>
- <para>This will give you the location of the shared
- <filename>texmf</filename> directory into which you must
- install these files.</para>
- <para>Do not forget to run the
- <productname>texhash</productname> or
- <productname>mktexlsr</productname> (filename indexer) program
- after installation, otherwise the files will not be found by
- &LaTeX; and nothing will work!</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1>
- <title>Manual installation (non-TDS systems)</title>
- <para>To install this software manually, unzip the zip file into a
- temporary directory and move the <filename><olink
- targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>.<olink targetptr="book"
- type="userlevel"/></filename> file from the
- <filename>tex/latex/<olink targetptr="book"
- type="xml:base"/></filename> directory to a location
- (directory/folder) where &LaTeX; will find it on your system.
- This referred to in some documentation as <phrase>the
- <varname>TEXINPUTS</varname> directory</phrase>, although it
- may be called something else on your system.</para>
- <para><emphasis>It is your responsibility to know where this
- location is.</emphasis> See the question in the &TeX;
- <acronym>FAQ</acronym> at
- <uri>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf</uri>
- for more information. If you do not know, or cannot find it, or
- do not have access to it, your &TeX; system may be out of date
- need replacing.</para>
- <sect2>
- <title>Last resort</title>
- <para>In an emergency, and as a last resort on unmanageable
- systems, it is possible simply to put the <filename><olink
- targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>.<olink targetptr="book"
- type="userlevel"/></filename> file in your current working
- directory (the same folder as your <filename>.tex</filename>
- file[s]).</para>
- <para>While this may work, it is not supported, and may lead to
- other resources (packages, fonts, etc) not being found.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1>
- <title>Usage</title>
- <para>Make this the first line of your &LaTeX; document:</para>
- <programlisting condition="class">\documentclass[options]{<olink
- targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>}</programlisting>
- <programlisting condition="package">\usepackage[options]{<olink
- targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>}</programlisting>
- <para>Read the documentation for the options available. The
- documentation is distributed as a <acronym>PDF</acronym>
- document in the zip file. You can also regenerate it by
- typesetting the <filename><olink targetptr="book"
- type="xml:id"/>.dtx</filename> file with &LaTeX; (and
- &BiBTeX; and <productname>makeindex</productname>) in the normal
- way.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="bugs">
- <title>Bugs and TODO</title>
- <para>No outstanding reported bugs at the time of this version.</para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 targetptr="copright" type="content">
- <title>Copyright</title>
- <para>The following statement is included in the source code:</para>
- <anchor targetptr="copyright" type="*"/>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/support/classpack/test.sh 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-# This is a test script
-echo Hello, World!
-
-
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.dtx 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
% \iffalse meta-comment
%
-% Extracted from classpack.xml
-% classpack.dtx is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+% Transformed from classpack.xml by ClassPack db2dtx.xsl
+% version 1.19 (2020-05-19) on Wednesday 20 May 2020 at 14:32:36
%
+% classpack.dtx is copyright © 2012-2020 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
@@ -13,146 +15,464 @@
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status ‘maintained’.
%
% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
%
% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
-% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
-% in the MANIFEST.
+% the derived file ,
+% and any other ancillary files listed in the MANIFEST.
%
% \fi
% \iffalse
-%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2011/06/27]
-%<package>\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2013/05/28 v0.77
-%<package> XML mastering for LaTeX classes and packages]
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2015/01/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2020/05/19 v1.19
+%<package> Macros for ClassPack documentation]
%<*driver>
-\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}
+\RequirePackage{fix-cm}% included by default.
+\PassOptionsToPackage{svgnames}{xcolor}% xcolor/dox/hyperref implied
\documentclass[12pt]{ltxdoc}
%%
-%% Packages added automatically
+%% Packages added for documentation
%%
-\let\SavedShow\show
-\usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc}% was detected.
-\AtBeginDocument{\let\show\SavedShow}
-\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{9251}{\textvisiblespace}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}% was detected.
-\usepackage{lmodern}% was detected.
-\usepackage{mflogo}% was detected.
-\usepackage{array}% tgroup was detected.
-\usepackage{calc}% was detected.
-\usepackage[inline]{enumitem}% orderedlist/@spacing='compact' was detected.
-\setlist[description]{style=unboxed}
-\usepackage{fancybox}% guibutton was detected.
-\usepackage{fancyvrb}% programlisting was detected.
-\usepackage{fmtcount}% xref/@linkend='varlistentry' was detected.
-\usepackage[textwidth=150mm,textheight=8.5in]{geometry}% was detected.
-\usepackage{listings}% programlisting was detected.
-\lstdefinelanguage[DocBook]{XML} {morekeywords={abstract,address,affiliation,annotation,arg,author, book,chapter,classname,cmdsynopsis,command,constraintdef,contrib, copyright,cover,date,email,emphasis,envar,filename,firstname, footnote,guibutton,guilabel,guimenu,guimenuitem,guisubmenu, holder,info,itemizedlist,listitem,literal,member,option, orderedlist,orgdiv,orgname,package,para,parameter,part, personname,phrase,procedure,productname,programlisting,quote, refsection,remark,constructorsynopsis,methodparan,modifier, funcparams,olink,bibliography,biblioentry,biblioset,subtitle, artpagenums,volumenum,issuenum, releaseinfo,replaceable,revdescription,revhistory,revision, sect1,sect2,sect3,sect4,seg,seglistitem,segmentedlist,segtitle, simplelist,step,surname,systemitem,tag,term,title,uri,userinput, variablelist,varlistentry,wordasword,xref,year,xml:id,xlink:href},}
-\lstdefinelanguage[TEI]{XML} {morekeywords={TEI.2,teiHeader,div2,head,p,num,val,xml:id}, }[keywords,comments,strings]
-\lstloadlanguages{[LaTeX]TeX,[DocBook]XML,XSLT,bash,R}
-\lstset{basicstyle=\small\color{Black}\ttfamily, literate= {Ö}{{\"O}}1 {Ä}{{\"A}}1 {Ü}{{\"U}}1 {ß}{{\ss}}2 {ü}{{\"u}}1 {á}{{\'a}}1 {é}{{\'e}}1 {í}{{\'i}}1 {ó}{{\'o}}1 {ú}{{\'u}}1 {ä}{{\"a}}1 {ö}{{\"o}}1, keywordstyle=\color{DarkGreen}\bfseries, commentstyle=\color{Gray}\upshape, stringstyle=\color{DarkRed}\upshape, emphstyle=\color{MediumBlue}\itshape, showstringspaces=false, columns=fullflexible, keepspaces=true}
-\usepackage{makeidx}% was detected.
-\makeindex
-\usepackage{nicefrac}% was detected.
-\def\textonehalf{\ensuremath{\nicefrac12}}
-\usepackage{parskip}% was detected.
-\usepackage{url}% uri was detected.
-\usepackage{varioref}% xref was detected.
-\vrefwarning
-\labelformat{chapter}{Chapter~#1}
-\makeatletter
-\labelformat{chapter}{\@chapapp~#1}
-\makeatother
-\labelformat{section}{section~#1}
-\labelformat{subsection}{section~#1}
-\labelformat{subsubsection}{section~#1}
-\labelformat{paragraph}{section~#1}
-\labelformat{figure}{Figure~#1}
-\labelformat{table}{Table~#1}
-\labelformat{item}{item~#1}
-\renewcommand{\reftextcurrent}{elsewhere on this page}
-\def\reftextafter{on the \reftextvario{next}{following} page}
-\usepackage[svgnames]{xcolor}% was detected.
-\makeatletter
-\@ifundefined{T}{\newcommand{\T}[2]{{\fontencoding{T1}\selectfont#2}}}{}
-\makeatother
-\usepackage{dox}% was detected.
-\doxitem{Attribute}{attribute}{attributes}
-\doxitem{AttributeValue}{attributevalue}{attribute values}
-\doxitem{Class}{class}{classes}
-\doxitem{Colour}{colour}{colours}
-\doxitem{Counter}{counter}{counters}
-\doxitem{DTD}{dtd}{DTDs/Schemas}
-\doxitem{Element}{element}{element types}
-\doxitem{Entity}{entity}{entities}
-\doxitem{Error}{error}{errors}
-\doxitem{Function}{function}{functions}
-\doxitem[macrolike]{Length}{length}{lengths}
-\doxitem{Mode}{mode}{mode}
-\doxitem{Option}{option}{options}
-\doxitem{Package}{package}{packages}
-\doxitem{Template}{template}{templates}
-\newcommand{\LabelFont}[2][\relax]{\strut {\fontencoding\encodingdefault \fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}\selectfont#1#2}\space}
-\makeatletter
-\def\PrintDescribeAttribute#1{\LabelFont{@#1}}
-\makeatother
-\def\PrintDescribeAttributeValue#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeClass#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeColour#1{\LabelFont[\color{#1}]{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeCounter#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeDTD#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeElement#1{\LabelFont{<#1>}}
-\def\PrintDescribeEntity#1{\LabelFont{\}}
-\def\PrintDescribeError#1{\LabelFont[\color{Red}!]{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeFunction#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeLength#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeMode#1{\LabelFont[\sffamily]{\textlangle#1\textrangle}}
-\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\LabelFont[\itshape]{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribePackage#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
-\def\PrintDescribeTemplate#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}\fontseries{sbc}\selectfont]{#1}}
-\usepackage{apacite}
+\usepackage{dox}% used by default. (0)%
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=attribute]{Attribute}{CPK at attribute}{attributes}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=attributevalue]{AttributeValue}{CPK at attributevalue}{attribute values}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=class]{Class}{CPK at class}{classes}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=colour]{Colour}{CPK at colour}{colours}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=counter]{Counter}{CPK at counter}{counters}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=DTD]{DTD}{CPK at dtd}{DTDs/Schemas}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=element]{Element}{CPK at element}{element types}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=entity]{Entity}{CPK at entity}{entities}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=error]{Error}{CPK at error}{errors}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=field]{Field}{CPK at field}{fields}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=file]{File}{CPK at file}{files}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=font]{Font}{CPK at font}{fonts}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=function]{Function}{CPK at function}{functions}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=language]{Language}{CPK at language}{languages}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[macrolike,idxtype=length]{Length}{CPK at length}{lengths}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=mode]{Mode}{CPK at mode}{modes}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=option]{Option}{CPK at option}{options}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=package]{Package}{CPK at package}{packages}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=variable]{Variable}{CPK at variable}{variables}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=parameter]{Parameter}{CPK at parameter}{parameters}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[macrolike,idxtype=switch]{Switch}{CPK at switch}{switches}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=template]{Template}{CPK at template}{templates}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[idxtype=typeface]{Typeface}{CPK at typeface}{typefaces}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \doxitem[macrolike,idxtype=box]{Box}{CPK at box}{boxes}
+ \makeatother
+ \newcommand{\LabelFont}[2][\relax]{\strut
+ {\fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \fontfamily{lmtt}\fontseries{lc}#1\selectfont#2}\space}
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\CPK at macro\macro\let\CPK at endmacro\endmacro
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \let\CPK at environment\environment\let\CPK at endenvironment\endenvironment
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \def\PrintAttributeName#1{\LabelFont{@#1}}
+ \makeatother
+ \def\PrintAttributeValueName#1{\LabelFont{"#1"}}
+ \def\PrintClassName#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintColourName#1{\LabelFont[\color{#1}]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintCounterName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintDTDName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintElementName#1{\LabelFont{<#1>}}
+ \def\PrintEntityName#1{\LabelFont{\}}
+ \def\PrintEnvironmentName#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintErrorName#1{\LabelFont[\color{Red}!]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintFunctionName#1{\LabelFont[\bfseries\itshape]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintLanguageName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintLengthName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintMacroName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintModeName#1{\LabelFont[\sffamily]{\textlangle#1\textrangle}}
+ \def\PrintOptionName#1{\LabelFont[\bfseries]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintPackageName#1{\LabelFont[\fontfamily{lmss}]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintSwitchName#1{\LabelFont{#1}}
+ \def\PrintTemplateName#1{\LabelFont[\bfseries]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintVariableName#1{\LabelFont[\ttfamily]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintParameterName#1{\LabelFont[\ttfamily]{#1}}
+ \def\PrintFieldName#1{\LabelFont[\ttfamily]{#1}}
+%% fontenc omit: conflict: fontspec (3)
+%% inputenc omit: conflict: fontspec (4)
+\usepackage{fontspec}% part/@conformance=xelatex detected. (7)%
+\usepackage{mflogo}% used by default. (35)%
+\usepackage[greek,british]{babel}% requested by author (40)%
+\usepackage[backend=biber,doi=true,
+ isbn=true,url=true,uniquename=false,style=apa]{biblatex}% bibliography/@arch=biblatex detected. (41)%
+ \makeatletter
+ \AtBeginDocument{%
+ \setlength{\bibitemsep}{1ex}%
+ \setlength{\bibnamesep}{1.5\itemsep}%
+ \defbibheading{shortbib}[References]%
+ {\section{#1}}}
+ \@ifpackagewith{babel}{british}{%
+ \DeclareLanguageMapping{british}%
+ {british-apa}}{\relax}
+ \makeatother
+ \makeatletter
+ \providetoggle{blx at skipbiblist}
+ \makeatother
+\usepackage{csquotes}% bibliography/@arch=biblatex detected. (43)%
+\usepackage{array}% use of 'tgroup' detected (46)%
+\usepackage{calc}% used by default. (49)%
+ \makeatletter
+ {\scriptsize
+ \global\advance\@totalleftmargin by1em
+ \global\advance\MacroIndent by.5em}
+ \makeatother
+\usepackage{ccaption}% used by default. (52)%
+ \captionnamefont{\bfseries}
+ \captionstyle{\raggedright}
+\usepackage[inline]{enumitem}% use of 'variablelist' detected (56)%
+ \setlist[description]{style=unboxed}
+ \setlist[itemize]{leftmargin=2em}
+ \setlist[enumerate]{leftmargin=2em}
+ \newlist{inlineenum}{enumerate*}{1}
+ \setlist[inlineenum,1]{label=\emph{\alph*}),
+ itemjoin={{; }},itemjoin*={{; and }}}
+\usepackage{fancybox}% use of 'note' detected (57)%
+\usepackage{fancyvrb}% use of 'bibliography' detected (60)%
+\usepackage{relsize}% use of 'acronym' detected (64)%
+\usepackage{textcase}% used by default. (67)%
+\usepackage{float}% used by default. (69)%
+ \renewcommand{\topfraction}{.85}
+ \renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{.7}
+ \renewcommand{\textfraction}{.15}
+ \renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{.66}
+ \renewcommand{\dbltopfraction}{.66}
+ \renewcommand{\dblfloatpagefraction}{.66}
+ \setcounter{topnumber}{9}
+ \setcounter{bottomnumber}{9}
+ \setcounter{totalnumber}{20}
+ \setcounter{dbltopnumber}{9}
+\usepackage[a4paper,left=30mm,top=25mm,
+ textwidth=150mm,textheight=225mm,headheight=15pt]{geometry}% used by default. (71)%
+\usepackage{graphicx}% part/@conformance=xelatex detected. (76)%
+\usepackage{listings}% use of 'programlisting' detected (83)%
+ \lstdefinelanguage{dummy}
+ {morekeywords={dummy}}
+ \lstdefinelanguage{Makefile}
+ {otherkeywords={.PHONY,.DEFAULT},%
+ morekeywords={PHONY,DEFAULT,shell,ifeq,else,endif},%
+ keywordsprefix={.},%
+ moredelim=[l][\color{Green}]{:},%
+ morecomment=[l]{\#},%
+ moredelim=[s][\color{Blue}]{\$(}{)}%
+ }
+ \lstdefinelanguage{DocBook}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={abstract,address,affiliation,annotation,arg,
+ author,book,chapter,classname,cmdsynopsis,command,
+ constraintdef,contrib,copyright,cover,date,email,emphasis,
+ envar,filename,firstname,footnote,guibutton,guilabel,
+ guimenu,guimenuitem,guisubmenu,holder,info,itemizedlist,
+ listitem,literal,member,option,orderedlist,orgdiv,orgname,
+ package,para,parameter,part,personname,phrase,procedure,
+ productname,programlisting,quote,refsection,remark,
+ constructorsynopsis,methodparan,modifier,funcparams,olink,
+ bibliography,biblioentry,biblioset,subtitle,artpagenums,
+ volumenum,issuenum,DOCTYPE,SYSTEM,xml:id,releaseinfo,
+ replaceable,revdescription,revhistory,revision,sect1,sect2,
+ sect3,sect4,seg,seglistitem,segmentedlist,segtitle,
+ simplelist,step,surname,systemitem,tag,term,title,uri,
+ userinput,variablelist,varlistentry,wordasword,xref,year,
+ xlink:href}}
+
+ \makeatletter
+ \lstdefinelanguage{bash}
+ {morestring=[s]{[]},morekeywords={exit,logout,yes,no,@,
+ password,ssh,URL,cd,dvips,latex,ls,makeindex,man,mkdir,
+ pdflatex,sudo,texconfig,texdoc,updmap,xelatex,biber,
+ latexmk,bibtex}}
+
+ \makeatother
+ \lstdefinelanguage{APA}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={TTL}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{OOXML}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={w:p,w:pPr,w:pStyle,w:rPr,w:rFonts,
+ w:r,w:t,w:lang}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{SGML}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={sec,ttl}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{DTD}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={ELEMENT,ENTITY,ATTLIST,CDATA,ID,REQUIRED,
+ IMPLIED,PCDATA}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{Runoff}
+ {morekeywords={h1}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{GML}
+ {morekeywords={h1}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{Scribe}
+ {morekeywords={Heading},morestring=[s]{[]}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{RTF}[]{TeX}
+ {moretexcs={rtf,ansi,deff,adeflang,fonttbl,f,froman,fprq,
+ fcharset,f1,fswiss,falt,fnil,colortbl,red,green,blue,
+ stylesheet,s,snext,nowidctlpar,hyphen,hyphlead,hyphtrail,
+ hyphmax,cf,kerning,dbch,af,langfe,afs,alang,loch,fs,
+ pgndec,pard,plain,qc,sb,sa,keepn,b,ab,rtlch,ltrch,par}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{TEI}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={TEI,TEI.2,teiHeader,fileDesc,sourceDesc,
+ titleStmt,title,author,editor,respStmt,resp,name,
+ editionStmt,edition,text,body,publicationStmt,publisher,
+ div,div1,placeName,lg,l,s,cl,phr,w,list,distinct,p,pb,
+ mls,div2,head,num,val,app,lem,rdg,q,sup,uncl,note,
+ DOCTYPE,SYSTEM,xml:id}}[keywords,comments,strings]
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{XSLT2}[]{XML}
+ {morekeywords={xsl:stylesheet,xsl:transform,
+ xsl:apply-imports,xsl:attribute-set,xsl:decimal-format,
+ xsl:import,xsl:include,xsl:key,xsl:namespace-alias,
+ xsl:output,xsl:param,
+ xsl:preserve-space,xsl:strip-space,xsl:template,
+ xsl:variable,xsl:character-map,xsl:function,
+ xsl:import-schema,xsl:param,xsl:variable,
+ xsl:apply-imports,xsl:apply-templates,xsl:attribute,
+ xsl:call-template,xsl:choose,xsl:comment,xsl:copy,
+ xsl:copy-of,xsl:element,xsl:fallback,xsl:for-each,
+ xsl:if,xsl:message,xsl:number,xsl:otherwise,
+ xsl:processing-instruction,xsl:text,xsl:value-of,
+ xsl:variable,xsl:when,xsl:with-param,xsl:sort,
+ xsl:for-each-group,xsl:next-match,xsl:analyze-string,
+ xsl:namespace,xsl:result-document,xsl:copy,
+ xsl:fallback,xsl:document,xsl:sequence,
+ xsl:matching-substring,xsl:non-matching-substring,
+ xsl:perform-sort,xsl:output-character},
+ alsodigit={-}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{LaTeXe}[LaTeX]{TeX}
+ {morekeywords = {selectlanguage,foreignlanguage,
+ textbrokenbar,textlangle,textrangle,subsection,url,
+ chapter,tableofcontents,part,subsubsection,paragraph,
+ subparagraph,maketitle,setlength,listoffigures,
+ listoftables,color,arraybackslash,includegraphics,
+ textcite,parencite,graphicspath,lstinline,
+ DeclareLanguageMapping,textcolor,definecolor,colorbox,
+ fcolorbox,RequirePackage,PassOptionsToPackage}}
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{BIBTeX}{
+ morekeywords = {title,author,edition,publisher,year,
+ address},
+ morestring=[b]",
+ }
+
+ \lstdefinelanguage{Email}{
+ morekeywords={From,Subject,To,Date},
+ }
+
+ \lstset{defaultdialect=LaTeXe,frame=single,
+ framesep=.5em,backgroundcolor=\color{AliceBlue},
+ rulecolor=\color{LightSteelBlue},framerule=1pt}
+
+ \lstloadlanguages{LaTeXe,DocBook,XML,XSLT2,bash}
+ \lstdefinelanguage{XMLFRAG}{tag=**[s]<>}[html]
+ \lstnewenvironment{listingsdoc}
+ {\lstset{language={[LaTeX]TeX}}}
+ {}
+ \newcommand\basicdefault[1]{\footnotesize
+ \color{Black}\ttfamily#1}
+
+ \lstset{basicstyle=\basicdefault{\spaceskip.5em}}
+ \lstset{literate=
+ {§}{{\S}}1
+ {©}{{\raisebox{.125ex}{\copyright}\enspace}}1
+ {«}{{\guillemotleft}}1
+ {»}{{\guillemotright}}1
+ {Á}{{\'A}}1
+ {Ä}{{\"A}}1
+ {É}{{\'E}}1
+ {Í}{{\'I}}1
+ {Ó}{{\'O}}1
+ {Ö}{{\"O}}1
+ {Ú}{{\'U}}1
+ {Ü}{{\"U}}1
+ {ß}{{\ss}}2
+ {à}{{\`a}}1
+ {á}{{\'a}}1
+ {ä}{{\"a}}1
+ {é}{{\'e}}1
+ {í}{{\'i}}1
+ {ó}{{\'o}}1
+ {ö}{{\"o}}1
+ {ú}{{\'u}}1
+ {ü}{{\"u}}1
+ {¹}{{\textsuperscript1}}1
+ {²}{{\textsuperscript2}}1
+ {³}{{\textsuperscript3}}1
+ {ı}{{\i}}1
+ {—}{{---}}1
+ {’}{{'}}1
+ {…}{{\dots}}1
+ {➝}{{$leftarrow$}}1
+ {⮠}{{$\hookleftarrow$}}1
+ {␣}{{\textvisiblespace}}1,
+ keywordstyle=\color{DarkGreen}\bfseries,
+ identifierstyle=\color{DarkRed},
+ commentstyle=\color{Gray}\upshape,
+ stringstyle=\color{DarkBlue}\upshape,
+ emphstyle=\color{Chocolate}\upshape,
+ showstringspaces=false,
+ columns=fullflexible,
+ keepspaces=true}
+\usepackage{makeidx}% used by default. (85)%
+ \makeindex
+\usepackage{nicefrac}% used by default. (91)%
+ \def\textonehalf{\ensuremath{\nicefrac12}}
+\usepackage{parskip}% used by default. (93)%
+\usepackage{sectsty}% used by default. (96)%
+ \allsectionsfont{\sffamily\raggedright}
+ \renewcommand*{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\hspace\labelsep
+ \sffamily\bfseries #1}
+\usepackage[normalem]{ulem}% use of 'link' detected (103)%
+\usepackage{url}% use of 'ulink' detected (104)%
+ \AtBeginDocument{\urlstyle{tt}}
+\usepackage{varioref}% use of 'xref' detected (107)%
+ \vrefwarning
+ \labelformat{appendix}{Appendix~#1}
+ \makeatletter
+ \labelformat{chapter}{\@chapapp~#1}
+ \makeatother
+ \labelformat{section}{section~#1}
+ \labelformat{subsection}{section~#1}
+ \labelformat{subsubsection}{section~#1}
+ \labelformat{paragraph}{section~#1}
+ \labelformat{figure}{Figure~#1}
+ \labelformat{table}{Table~#1}
+ \labelformat{item}{item~#1}
+ \renewcommand{\reftextcurrent}{elsewhere on this
+ page}
+ \def\reftextafter{on the
+ \reftextvario{next}{following} page}
+\usepackage{xcolor}% used by default. (115)%
+ \makeatletter
+ \@ifundefined{T}{%
+ \newcommand{\T}[2]{{\fontencoding{T1}%
+ \selectfont#2}}}{}
+ \makeatother
+\usepackage{fontawesome}% guiicon/@remap detected. (117)%
+\usepackage{menukeys}% use of 'guimenu' detected (118)%
+ \renewmenumacro{\menu}[>]{roundedmenus}
+ \renewmenumacro{\directory}[/]{hyphenatepathswithfolder}
+ \renewmenumacro{\keys}{shadowedroundedkeys}
+\usepackage{classpack}[2020/05/19]% used by default. (120)%
+\usepackage[ragged]{footmisc}% requested by author (9999)%
+\usepackage{classpack}[2020/05/19]% added by spec
+\addbibresource{classpack.bib}
+%
%%
-%% Packages added by author
+%% Settings for docstrip and ltxdoc
%%
-\usepackage{dejavu}
-\usepackage{textgreek}
-\usepackage{classpack}
-%%
-%% Settings for docstrip and latexdoc
-%%
\EnableCrossrefs
\CodelineIndex
\RecordChanges
-\newlength{\revmarg}
-\setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
-\newcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
-\newcommand{\prestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
-\newcommand{\poststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}
-\begin{document}\raggedright\hyphenation{ele-ment attri-bute-value}
+\begin{document}\raggedright
\DocInput{classpack.dtx}
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
-% \CheckSum{45}
+% \CheckSum{246}
%
% \CharacterTable
% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
%
+% \changes{v1.19}{2020/05/19}{: 1) Prefixed local variables with CPK; 2) CTAN candidate.}
+% \changes{v1.18}{2020/04/01}{: 1) Split project into classpack and classpack-dev; 2) Replaced conformance with YYYY-MM-DD on all date elements in the revision history. This meant a complete regression run after editing all source masters to use this change; 3) Fixed bug in makechapapp where it failed to add the filetype before substringing the full name of the document.}
+% \changes{v1.17}{2020/03/19}{: 1) Documentation nearly finished; 2) Added remaining XSLT files and scripts; 3) Recoded the distinction between appendixes in the code part and chapters in the files part..}
+% \changes{v1.16}{2019/10/20}{: 1) Documentation ongoing; 2) Added detection of options on url and xcolor; 3) Changed order of packages in prepost.xml to prevent option clashes.}
+% \changes{v1.15}{2019/10/10}{: 1) Started massive documentation effort on XSLT; 2) Order of templates changed in XSLT.}
+% \changes{v1.14}{2019/07/25}{: 1) Updated the Markdown driver for the README to produce code that displays correctly in the Markdown Viewer 3.6 extension for Chrome and conforms to the CTAN rules.; 2) Added details of ClassPack to the MD file header; 3) Some reorganisation of topics; 4) More annotation-level documentation on the XSLT3 code.}
+% \changes{v1.13}{2019/02/18}{: 1) Created commentchar and termcommentchar functions; 2) Untested invocation in sect1 template.}
+% \changes{v1.12}{2019/02/17}{: 1) Started tidying up sentinel and fence; 2) Involves rationalising the use of chapter and appendix within part; 3) parameterised a makesentinel, maketermsentinel, and makefence in sect1 but they don't get called because of [2] above; 4) Finished writing the chunk program.}
+% \changes{v1.11}{2019/02/13}{: 1) Fixed numerous bugs in handling of listings; 2) Moved DTD annotations to doc as chapter while logic for appendixes not working properly; 3) Finished PE chunking of db2dtx.xsl and doctexbook-master.dtd; 4) Finished writing the chunk program.}
+% \changes{v1.10}{2019/01/22}{: 1) Added attributes to programlisting for fragmentary listings; 2) Changed emphasis with role=bold to be plain bold, not bold italic; 3) Changed blockquotes to blue in the PDF, added recognition of xlink:href to give source ack as URI.}
+% \changes{v1.09}{2018/07/07}{Skipped the application of headers to appendix files: 1) Files written from the appendix element no longer get the LaTeX headers prepended; 2) The sentinel value for comments in scripts now reflects the double hash; 3) Added the remark element to db2md.xsl (with plain para); 4) Ongoing updates and explanation.}
+% \changes{v1.08}{2018/02/07}{Moved RFC2119 warning, and did some minor rewording: 1) Removed RFC2119 warning text from db2dtx.xsl to rfc2119.xml, creating a section to hold it and the bibliography. Rewrote the templates for bibliolist, biblioentry, bibliography, and section/title to accomodate this.; 2) Ongoing updates and explanation.}
+% \changes{v1.07}{2018/01/12}{Minor adaptations to quoted chunks of code: Updated to use \XeLaTeX{}.}
+% \changes{v1.06}{2017/06/16}{Maintenance release: Rearranged output so that change log and index always get printed.}
+% \changes{v1.05}{2017/04/03}{Maintenance: 1) Updated documentation; 2) Tested additional outputs.}
+% \changes{v1.04}{2016/12/20}{Reusable code blocks: 1) Added an attribute reuse to the annotation element for use in Appendixes which generate additional \LaTeX{} class or package files, which points at an xml:id attribute on an existing annotation element already used elsewhere so that the same documentation text can be included. Also added an omit attribute to the seglistitem elements in the constraintdef element for class packages which specifies that the relevant package is not required for the additional class or package being generated.; 2) Changed the documentation font to Noto..}
+% \changes{v1.03}{2016/08/13}{Bundle identifiers: 1) Added a line to the Makefile to pick out the date of the most-recently-updated file and put it in a file called VERSION (suggestion from Petra Rübe-Pugliese at CTAN based on their docs).; 2) Regularised the identity of the version date from a global variable date, rather than working it out each time..}
+% \changes{v1.025}{2016/08/12}{README: Title and identity moved to a template and deleted from readme.xml.}
+% \changes{v1.02}{2016/07/05}{Moved specification for babel to pre-options: 1) The babel package is now pre-specified with the PassOptionsToPackage command, to avoid conflicts with options later; 2) Now using \XeLaTeX{} and biber.}
+% \changes{v1.01}{2016/06/12}{Edited out duplications in documentation: 1) Tidied explanations and documented the markup in more detail; 2) Now using \XeLaTeX{} and biber.}
+% \changes{v1.0}{2016/06/12}{Tidied up the processing and greatly extended documentation: 1) Rewrote almost all the description of how to create the basic XML file; 2) The RFC2119 Note now automatically includes the relevant \BibTeX{} entry in the .bib file (done in the Makefile).}
+% \changes{v0.92}{2016/05/12}{Major changes to the way the .dtx code is created: 1) Moved the specification of the processor from an attribute on the root element to the part start-tag for documentation; 2) Switched from the build file to a Makefile (still incomplete).; 3) Enabled the use of \XeLaTeX{} for the documentation in the .dtx file; 4) Largely rewrote the code for auto-detecting and adding packages, combining the auto-detect packages with those specified by the author. It now includes: a] negatable crosslinks specified in the remap on the constructorsynopsis start-tag (eg specifying the use of \XeLaTeX{} automatically invokes fontspec and defeats the autoload of the inputenc and fontenc packages), b] addition of the use of the arch and condition attributes on the bibliography start-tag to hold the \BibTeX{} package (biblatex) and the \BibTeX{} engine (biber), c] changes from the text-mode README to a MarkdownREADME.md to accommodate TUG’s submission process; 5) The layout of the zip files has been significantly changed to accord with the submission requirements of CTAN; 6) A Bibliography of the documentation is now extracted to disk directly in the XSLT3 process, rather than via the VerbatimOut environment in the .dtx file; 7) The RFC2119 Note now automatically includes the relevant \BibTeX{} entry in the .bib file (done in the Makefile).}
+% \changes{v0.915}{2016/05/11}{Merged: Merged default packages with author-requested ones..}
+% \changes{v0.91}{2016/05/10}{Regenerated: Recreated package with new classpack code to create zip file to the CTAN standard.}
+% \changes{v0.905}{2015/10/06}{Enhanced: Added support for \XeLaTeX{}.}
+% \changes{v0.9}{2015/12/19}{Removed fixltx2e: The code from the fixltx2e package has now been merged into the kernel, so the preload of this package is no longer needed..}
+% \changes{v0.82}{2014/03/31}{Fixed hline bug: Should have been renewcommand not def.}
+% \changes{v0.81}{2014/03/14}{Added more logo commands: XeTeX, XeLaTeX.}
+% \changes{v0.80}{2014/03/10}{Moved doc commands from XSLT2: ToC settings and revmarg.}
+% \changes{v0.79}{2014/03/07}{Editorial update: Small corrections.}
+% \changes{v0.78}{2014/03/06}{Changed default code color: MacroFont now DarkBlue.}
% \changes{v0.77}{2013/05/28}{Removed unwanted definitions: classorpackage.}
% \changes{v0.76}{2013/05/05}{Modified documentation: Started working on Makefile.}
% \changes{v0.75}{2013/03/14}{Added secondary files: Secondary output files possible; reversed usage of role attribute on keywords;.}
@@ -164,99 +484,80 @@
% \GetFileInfo{classpack.dtx}
%
% \DoNotIndex{\@,\@@par,\@beginparpenalty,\@empty}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@makefnmark,\@makeother,\@maketitle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@ne,\@spaces,\@tempa}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@tempb,\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa,\@totalleftmargin}
-% \DoNotIndex{\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil,\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces}
-% \DoNotIndex{\|,\~,\ ,\active,\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup}
-% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle,\dospecials,\edef}
-% \DoNotIndex{\egroup}
-% \DoNotIndex{\else,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist}
-% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global}
-% \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if at inlabel,\if at tempswa,\if at twocolumn}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item}
-% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower}
-% \DoNotIndex{\m at ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
-% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc}
-% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut}
-% \DoNotIndex{\strutbox}
-% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt}
-% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@}
-% \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim}
-% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
-% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\markboth,\mathcode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
-% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak}
-% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle}
-% \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb}
-% \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\[,\{,\},\]}
-% \DoNotIndex{\count@,\ifnum,\loop,\today,\uppercase,\uccode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begin,\tw@}
-% \DoNotIndex{\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k,\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q}
-% \DoNotIndex{\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z,\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H}
-% \DoNotIndex{\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O,\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z}
-% \DoNotIndex{\1,\2,\3,\4,\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0}
-% \DoNotIndex{\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\),\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_}
-% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
-% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment}
-% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined}
-% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\if at minipage,\if at restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode}
-% \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\newtoks,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting}
-% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
-% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse}
-% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault}
-% \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault,\DeclareRobustCommand}
-% \DoNotIndex{\varname}
-% \DoNotIndex{\section}
-% \DoNotIndex{\subsection}
-% \DoNotIndex{\raggedright}
-% \DoNotIndex{\sffamily}
-% \DoNotIndex{\usepackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\title}
-% \DoNotIndex{\author}
-% \DoNotIndex{\abstractname}
-% \DoNotIndex{\changes}
-% \DoNotIndex{\RequirePackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\LoadPackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\makeindex}
-% \DoNotIndex{\makeatletter}
-% \DoNotIndex{\makeatother}
-% \DoNotIndex{\def}
-% \DoNotIndex{\newwrite}
-% \DoNotIndex{\classorpackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@@doxdescribe}
-% \DoNotIndex{\build}
-% \DoNotIndex{\label}
-% \DoNotIndex{\small}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ttfamily}
-% \DoNotIndex{\cite}
-% \DoNotIndex{\citefield}
-% \DoNotIndex{\url}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ref}
-% \DoNotIndex{\parskip}
-% \DoNotIndex{\java}
-% \DoNotIndex{\./build}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@flushglue,\@gobble,\@input,\@makefnmark}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@makeother,\@maketitle,\@namedef,\@ne}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@spaces,\@tempa,\@tempb,\@tempswafalse}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@tempswatrue,\@thanks,\@thefnmark,\@topnum}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@@,\@elt,\@forloop,\@fortmp,\@gtempa}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@totalleftmargin,\",\/,\@ifundefined,\@nil}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@verbatim,\@vobeyspaces,\|,\~,\ ,\active}
+% \DoNotIndex{\advance,\aftergroup,\begingroup,\bgroup}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mathcal,\csname,\def,\documentstyle}
+% \DoNotIndex{\dospecials,\edef,\egroup,\else,\endcsname}
+% \DoNotIndex{\endgroup,\endinput,\endtrivlist}
+% \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef}
+% \DoNotIndex{\global,\hbox,\hss,\if,\if at inlabel}
+% \DoNotIndex{\if at tempswa,\if at twocolumn,\ifcase,\ifcat}
+% \DoNotIndex{\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input}
+% \DoNotIndex{\item,\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\let,\llap,\lower,\m at ne,\next,\newpage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing}
+% \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft}
+% \DoNotIndex{\rightskip,\rm,\sc,\setbox,\setcounter}
+% \DoNotIndex{\small,\space,\string,\strut,\strutbox}
+% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\trivlist,\tt,\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop}
+% \DoNotIndex{\xdef,\z@,\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim,\`,\catcode,\end}
+% \DoNotIndex{\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary}
+% \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht}
+% \DoNotIndex{\it,\langle,\leaders,\long,\makelabel}
+% \DoNotIndex{\marginpar,\markboth,\mathcode,\mathsurround}
+% \DoNotIndex{\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak,\parfillskip,\parindent}
+% \DoNotIndex{\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle,\section}
+% \DoNotIndex{\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\verb,\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@defpar,\[,\{,\},\],\count@,\ifnum,\loop}
+% \DoNotIndex{\today,\uppercase,\uccode,\baselineskip}
+% \DoNotIndex{\begin,\tw@,\a,\b,\c,\d,\e,\f,\g,\h,\i,\j,\k}
+% \DoNotIndex{\l,\m,\n,\o,\p,\q,\r,\s,\t,\u,\v,\w,\x,\y,\z}
+% \DoNotIndex{\A,\B,\C,\D,\E,\F,\G,\H,\I,\J,\K,\L,\M,\N,\O}
+% \DoNotIndex{\P,\Q,\R,\S,\T,\U,\V,\W,\X,\Y,\Z,\1,\2,\3,\4}
+% \DoNotIndex{\5,\6,\7,\8,\9,\0,\!,\#,\$,\&,\',\(,\)}
+% \DoNotIndex{\+,\.,\:,\;,\<,\=,\>,\?,\_,\discretionary}
+% \DoNotIndex{\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother}
+% \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax}
+% \DoNotIndex{\renewenvironment,\repeat,\scriptsize}
+% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\the,\undefined,\arabic,\do}
+% \DoNotIndex{\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title}
+% \DoNotIndex{\everypar,\if at minipage,\if at restonecol,\ifeof}
+% \DoNotIndex{\ifmmode,\lccode,\newtoks,\onecolumn,\openin}
+% \DoNotIndex{\p@,\SelfDocumenting,\settowidth}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf}
+% \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase}
+% \DoNotIndex{\@inlabelfalse,\selectfont,\mathcode}
+% \DoNotIndex{\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault,\bfdefault}
+% \DoNotIndex{\DeclareRobustCommand}
+% \DoNotIndex{\PassOptionsToPackage}
+% \DoNotIndex{\MacroFont}
+% \DoNotIndex{\subsubsection}
% \setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}
% \setcounter{tocdepth}{5}
% \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
% \setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
%
-% \def\fileversion{0.77}
-% \def\filedate{2013/05/28}
+% \def\fileversion{1.19}
+% \def\filedate{2020/05/19}
% \title{The \textsf{classpack} \LaTeXe\ package\thanks{%
% This document corresponds to \textsf{classpack}
-% \textit{v.}\ \fileversion, dated \filedate.}\enspace\thanks{%
-% Development has been supported by UCC Electronic Publishing Unit.}
+% \textit{v.}\ \fileversion , dated \filedate.}
% \\[1em]\Large
-% XML mastering for \LaTeX{} classes and packages}
+% XML mastering for \LaTeX{} classes and packages
+% \\[1ex]\large
+% Literate-programming solution \\for class and
+% package maintenance}
% \author{Peter Flynn\\\normalsize Silmaril Consultants\\[-.25ex]\normalsize Textual Therapy Division\\\normalsize(\url{peter at silmaril.ie})}
% \maketitle
% \renewcommand{\abstractname}{Summary}\thispagestyle{empty}
@@ -264,2360 +565,533 @@
% \parskip=0.5\baselineskip
% \advance\parskip by 0pt plus 2pt
% \parindent=0pt% \noindent
-% \LaTeX{} document classes and packages are normally
-% created, maintained, and distributed in
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} format using the
-% \textsf{ltxdoc} class, which provides facilities for
-% modular or fragmentary coding combined with interleaved
-% documentation. However, the accurate construction of these
-% files is technically challenging.\par
+% \LaTeX{} document classes and packages are conventionally
+% created, maintained, and distributed in Doc\TeX{}
+% ({\ttfamily{}.dtx}) format using the
+% \textsf{ltxdoc} class, which provides for
+% interleaved code and documentation (`literate
+% programming'). However, the accurate construction of
+% these files is technically challenging, and editing them is
+% tedious and error-prone.\par
% \emph{ClassPack} allows a developer to
-% create an XML document containing user documentation and
-% annotated code, based on the
-% \emph{DocBook} vocabulary (with some minor
-% abuses). An XSLT2 script then generates the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins} files,
-% ensuring that all the relevant pieces are emitted in the
-% correct order and in the correct syntax.\par
-% This is experimental software, and is incomplete. It has
-% been successfully used in-house by the author since 2008 for
-% several institutional and commercial packages and classes.
-% There are some known deficiencies which remain to be
-% corrected, and some legacy code (originally included for one
-% specific package) which needs to be removed to an external
-% file.\par
-% A paper describing the system has been accepted for the
-% Balisage markup conference 2013 in Montréal.\par
+% create a \emph{DocBook5} {\smaller XML} document for a class or package,
+% containing the documentation and annotated code, and it
+% provides {\smaller XSLT3} scripts to generate the
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx}, {\ttfamily{}.ins}, and
+% other files, which can be combined into a zip file suitable
+% for submission to {\smaller CTAN}.\par
+% \emph{This package \textsf{classpack}
+% contains the small typographic adjustments and utilities
+% needed to re-typeset the documentation of classes and
+% packages developed using \textsf{classpack-dev}.
+% It is not used for any other purpose and is not required for
+% using any other class or package, only for the documentation
+% of \emph{ClassPack}–developed classes
+% and packages.}\par
+% \textbf{You do not need to install the
+% upcoming development package \textsf{classpack-dev}
+% unless you want to develop classes or packages by using
+% \emph{ClassPack}
+% yourself.}\par
+% \emph{ClassPack} is a
+% work-in-progress. A paper describing an earlier version was
+% presented at the Balisage markup conference in Montréal
+% \parencite{flynn2013}.\par
% \end{abstract}
% \clearpage
% \tableofcontents
% \clearpage
-% \section{Introduction}
-% \LaTeX{} document classes (templates) and packages (styles)
-% are traditionally distributed as pairs of
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and{\ttfamily{}.ins} files,
-% written to the specifications and recommendations of the
-% \textsf{doc}, \textsf{ltxdoc}, and
-% \textsf{clsguide} packages.\par
+% \section*{Latest changes}
+% \subsection*{v.1.19 (2020-05-19)}
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item The {\ttfamily{}.dtx} (Doc\TeX{}) file is a
-% literate-programming document, containing modular code and
-% annotations interleaved in such a way that each fragment
-% of code and its explanation are adjacent;
-% \item The {\ttfamily{}.ins} file is an installer:
-% when run through \LaTeX{}, it extracts the code from the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file into the relevant class
-% ({\ttfamily{}.cls}), package
-% ({\ttfamily{}.sty}), and other files;
-% \item Running \LaTeX{} on the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file
-% itself extracts and typesets the documentation.
+% \item Prefixed local variables with CPK\par
+% \item CTAN candidate\par
% \end{itemize}
-% The construction of a {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document
-% is quite complex, with a special set of tags and conventions
-% to allow documentation to be separately identifiable to code.
-% The file format relies on the documentation being shielded by
-% a leading percent-space (\verb|%␣|) armour
-% on each line to prevent it being interpreted as part of the
-% code; and the environment tags surrounding the code itself
-% must be shielded by four such spaces
-% (\verb|%␣␣␣␣|). Apart from the
-% documentation, the treatment of the code and control
-% statements resembles more a data specification (which in some
-% ways it is) than a conventional text document.\par
-% XML, particularly in its traditional
-% `document' mode, as distinct from its
-% use as a data exchange format, offers many similar features to
-% \LaTeX{} (for example, the named identification of document
-% components), but with a rigid and invariable syntax that can
-% be checked programmatically by any validating XML processor.
-% By contrast, a \LaTeX{} document (and more specifically, a
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document) can only be proved by
-% running it through \LaTeX{} itself: there is no equivalent to
-% the `pre-flight' type of standalone parsing or
-% validating available with XML.\par
-% The \emph{DocBook} vocabulary of XML
-% is designed for technical documentation in computing. It
-% provides markup both for textual documentation
-% \emph{and} for data-like structures that occur
-% in computer documentation, making it a viable candidate for
-% describing a literate-programming type of document such as
-% Doc\TeX{}.\par
-% The \emph{ClassPack} system is an
-% experiment in using \emph{DocBook} XML as
-% the storage format for \LaTeX{} class and package source code,
-% using the XLST2 language to transform the XML into pairs of
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins} files.
-% There are a number of advantages to this approach:\par
+% \subsection*{v.1.18 (2020-04-01)}
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item XML's syntax and document construction is extremely
-% robust, and the design of the language means that an XML
-% file can be machine-checked for errors of syntax and
-% construction;
-% \item XML markup is traditionally self-descriptive, with
-% element types being named according to what they are
-% intended to contain. For example, a variable name can be
-% marked up as
-% \verb|<varname>foo</varname>|.\par
-% While it is perfectly possible to create a
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}varname} control sequence (macro) to do
-% the same in \LaTeX{}, it is rarely done. Instead, authors
-% have typically preferred to use visual formatting like
-% \verb|\textit{foo}| for italics or
-% \verb|\verb+foo+| for monospace type.
-% This method means the variable reference is not
-% immediately identifiable as containing a variable
-% name~--- it could be anything;
-% \item Given suitably-descriptive markup, sharing document
-% fragments between applications can be done
-% programmatically, so a fragment implementing a \LaTeX{}
-% feature (with its associated documentation) can be re-used
-% in other class and package applications at the XML level
-% (eg with XInclude, or as an external entity) without the
-% need for manual cutting and pasting;
-% \item \label{xmltools}There is a very wide range of software (editors and
-% processors, both free and non-free) available to handle
-% XML documents, including a lot of useful tools for
-% document management and information extraction.
+% \item Split project into \textsf{classpack}
+% and \textsf{classpack-dev}\par
+% \item Replaced \texttt{@conformance}
+% with \texttt{@YYYY-MM-DD} on all
+% \texttt{date} elements in the revision history. This
+% meant a complete regression run after editing all
+% source masters to use this change\par
+% \item Fixed bug in makechapapp where it failed to add
+% the filetype before substringing the full name of the
+% document\par
% \end{itemize}
-% Everything comes at a cost. The drawbacks of using XML for
-% this include:\par
+% \subsection*{v.1.17 (2020-03-19)}
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item It's another language to learn. Despite being so
-% widespread, it's not yet a common skill. In particular,
-% programmers dislike XML because it's a markup language,
-% not a programming language, and the syntax is different
-% from that of programming languages;
-% \item Although there is plenty of software for editing XML,
-% it is not well-developed for text documents in synchronous
-% typographic form (often called
-% `WYSIWYG'); even the best or most
-% expensive editors are designed for XML experts, not for
-% the average user.
+% \item Documentation nearly finished\par
+% \item Added remaining XSLT files and scripts\par
+% \item Recoded the distinction between appendixes in the
+% code part and chapters in the files part.\par
% \end{itemize}
-% \subsection{Contents}
-% The \emph{ClassPack} framework is
-% enabled by two principal software components:\par
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item An XML vocabulary (the
-% \emph{DocBook}~{\small DTD}\index{DTD}
-% or Schema) used for naming the component parts of
-% documentation and code, and specifying where they belong
-% and how they fit together;
-% \item An XSLT2 script to implement the logic of
-% combination and separation needed to create the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and {\ttfamily{}.ins}
-% files.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% The XML vocabulary used is
-% \emph{DocBook}, which is in widespread
-% use for the documentation of computer systems, and is
-% well-supported on all platforms. The current system uses
-% version 5. Although it is highly modular and easily adapted
-% for many purposes, only a few minor changes have been made
-% for its use here, but a number of element types have been
-% put to uses not envisaged by the developers.\par
-% This habit of using (some say, abusing) XML markup for
-% different purposes is very common, and often deprecated
-% because it is usually undocumented. This document explains
-% what has been [ab]used and for what reasons. Once this
-% system settles down, a more formal expression of the
-% vocabulary can be made from the RNG source, removing the
-% parts that are not required, and making it simpler to edit
-% with.\par
-% The adaptation of \emph{DocBook} in
-% this version subsists mainly in the addition of some
-% attributes and entity declarations to allow the conversion
-% to \LaTeX{} of special characters and other features that
-% would otherwise involve extensive re-parsing of the
-% character data content (text). The changes also implement a
-% few modifications to the way the \LaTeX{} code is output by
-% the XSLT2 program for typographical purposes.\par
-% As an example, the entity defining the em rule character
-% \texttt{\—} is declared as a \LaTeX{}
-% tie (non-breaking space) followed by an em rule followed by
-% a normal space (\verb|~---␣|), so that it
-% can be used between words~--- like this~--- without the
-% need to worry about special spacing in the XML, or the
-% inadvertent breaking of a line before the rule:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
-can be used between words—like this—without the
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% If a
-% document style requires the use of unspaced dashes, all that
-% needs changing is the entity declaration, not the whole
-% document.\par
-% The current driver in Document Type
-% Definition~(\textsc{dtd})\index{Document Type Definition|see{DTD}}\index{DTD|textbf} format is listed in \vref{savedtd}, and is distributed as file
-% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} so that it can be
-% referenced as such in a document without having to copy and
-% paste the declarations into every document.\par
-% \subsection{Invocation}\label{invocation}
-% To create or edit a \emph{ClassPack}
-% XML document you must have the
-% \emph{ClassPack} DTD
-% \emph{and} the DocBook DTD installed and known
-% to your XML editor. The DTD customisation file,
-% {\ttfamily{}docbooktex.dtd} is distributed with this
-% package; an RNG schema version will be available in the
-% future.\par
-% With the DTD, the standard procedure is to specify it in
-% the first line of your XML document. Your class or package
-% documents must therefore start with a Document Type
-% Declaration. This can specify the Formal
-% Public Identifier~(\textsc{fpi})\index{Formal Public Identifier|see{FPI}}\index{FPI|textbf} and the filename of the
-% DTD:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC
- "+//Silmaril//DTD DocBook 5.0 for DocTeX//EN"
- "doctexbook.dtd">
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% or
-% you can omit the {\small FPI}\index{FPI} and specify the DTD as a \texttt{SYSTEM} keyword instead:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "doctexbook.dtd">
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The DTD file {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} can be
-% anywhere on your system: in these examples it is assumed to
-% be in the same directory as your document. If you store it
-% elsewhere, just give the full filepath, for example:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XML]
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "/usr/local/lib/xml/dtds/doctexbook.dtd">
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% When you open a document starting like this, a
-% conformant XML editor will look for
-% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} and read it, so that it
-% then knows the names of all the element types that you can
-% use, and how they fit together into a document.\par
-% \subsection{Document structure}
-% Every XML document must have one outermost enclosing
-% element (the `root' element) which
-% holds everything else. The root element type used in a
-% ClassPack document is \texttt{book}, as described in
-% detail in \vref{setup}.\par
-% Within the \texttt{book} element, the
-% \emph{metadata} (information about the
-% document) is held in an \texttt{info} element, the
-% \emph{user documentation} in a \texttt{part}
-% element with the ID of \texttt{doc}, and the
-% \emph{annotated code} in a second
-% \texttt{part} element, with the ID of
-% \texttt{code}.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<!DOCTYPE book SYSTEM "doctexbook.dtd">
-<book>
- <info>...</info>
- <part xml:id="doc">...</part>
- <part xml:id="code">...</part>
- <part xml:id="files">...</part>
-</book>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% An optional third \texttt{part} with the ID of
-% \texttt{files} can be used to include ancillary files that
-% are to be recreated as-is, without separate annotation or
-% display, such as sample data or example documents (see \vref{ancfiles}).\par
-% Ancillary files that require annotating must go in the
-% \texttt{code} part as described in
-% \vref{secfiles}.\par
-% \subsubsection{User documentation}
-% The documentation for the end user is descriptive text
-% which explains how to use the package or class. The main
-% division within a ClassPack \texttt{part} is the
-% \texttt{chapter}, which can contain \texttt{sect1}
-% sections, which can contain \texttt{sect2} subsections,
-% and so on, as described in
-% \vref{hierarchy}. User documentation must go in
-% a \texttt{chapter} and its sub-elements: it must not be
-% directly in the \texttt{part}.\par
-% (Because the \textsf{latexdoc} package is
-% based on the \textsf{article} package, the
-% ClassPack \texttt{chapter}\thinspace{}s become
-% \textsf{latexdoc}~{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}section}s;
-% the ClassPack \texttt{sect1}\thinspace{}s become
-% \textsf{latexdoc}~{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}subsection}s,
-% and so on.)\par
-% \paragraph{Structure}
-% Your document can use most of the conventional
-% structural features of any DocBook document: paragraphs,
-% lists, figures, tables, and examples of code (both
-% illustrative and for extraction) as described in \vref{pool}. Most of the specialist constructs of
-% DocBook are not implemented in ClassPack except for a
-% few used in the \texttt{info} section for setup
-% purposes. You should refer to the list of markup in
-% \vref{pool} for exactly which element types
-% do what.\par
-% \paragraph{Inline markup}
-% Within the text you can use much of the conventional
-% semantic markup provided in
-% \emph{DocBook} as described in \vref{flow}.\par
-% \subsubsection{Annotated code}
-% In the \texttt{code} Part, you annotate the inner
-% workings of your package or class. The use of the
-% \texttt{chapter} and \texttt{sect1} divisional
-% structure is also mandated here: everything within the
-% chapters is regarded as the package or class.\par
-% Your code can be explained in fragments, either as
-% alternating \texttt{para} and \texttt{programlisting}
-% elements, or as \texttt{annotation} elements, each one
-% describing a single macro or environment or other object,
-% and containing \texttt{para} and
-% \texttt{programlisting} (this makes it indexable). See
-% the examples in \vref{pool}.\par
-% \subsubsection{Ancillary files}\label{ancfiles}
-% There are two types of extractable ancillary
-% file:\par
+% \subsection*{v.1.16 (2019-10-20)}
% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Ancillary files to be annotated and extracted
-% along with the class or package file must each go in
-% their own \texttt{appendix} element immediately
-% after the last of the \texttt{chapter} element of
-% the package or class in the \texttt{code}
-% Part
-% \item Ancillary files which just need to be extracted
-% whole, and do not have any separate documentation must
-% go in the \texttt{files} Part as described in \vref{ancfiles}.
+% \item Documentation ongoing\par
+% \item Added detection of options on url and xcolor\par
+% \item Changed order of packages in
+% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} to prevent option
+% clashes\par
% \end{itemize}
-% \subsection{Tooling up}
-% You need the following tools:\par
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item an XML editor: I use
-% \emph{Emacs} with
-% \emph{psgml-mode} and
-% \emph{xxml-mode}, but any competent
-% XML editor will do
-% \item an XSLT2 processor: I use
-% \emph{Saxon} (this also means I
-% installed \emph{Java})
-% \item a full installation of \LaTeX{}
-% \item a PDF reader
-% \item XML tools: I find the
-% \emph{LTxml2} toolkit from Edinburgh
-% University invaluable for ad-hoc querying of
-% documents.
-% \end{itemize}
+% See p.\thinspace\pageref{changehistory} for earlier changes.
% \clearpage
-% \section{Setting up a ClassPack document}
-% Using \emph{ClassPack} to create and
-% maintain \LaTeX{} classes and packages requires the following
-% initial steps. These are only done once, at the start of a new
-% class or package. A few items need periodic updating, such as
-% the version number, when it changes; the revision history; and
-% the list of packages, as and when needed.\par
+% \section{The \emph{ClassPack} package}\label{pkgintro}
+% \emph{ClassPack} itself is an
+% {\smaller XML}-based class and package development and
+% management system described in the documentation for the
+% \textsf{classpack-dev} package. This package,
+% \textsf{classpack}, is responsible only for
+% formatting the documentation of classes and packages developed
+% using \emph{ClassPack}.\par
+% The only operating \LaTeX{} code is therefore the settings
+% and ancillary commands summarised in \vref{cpsum}
+% and documented in \vref{pkgmacros}.\par
+% \subsection{Features}\label{cpsum}
+% Details of the annotated code are in \vref{pkgmacros}. They cover the following formatting
+% changes:\par
% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item setting up the configuration (see \vref{setup})
-% to specify the name, date, version, type, audience, status,
-% and other key metadata;
-% \item setting up the documentary metadata (see \vref{metadata}) such as the title, author, contact
-% details, abstract, and the initial entry in the revision
-% history;
-% \item setting up the list of packages (see \vref{constraints}) required for
-% \begin{enumerate*}[label=\emph{\alph*})]
-% \item the documentation (see \vref{docpax})
-% and
-% \item the class or package itself (see \vref{classtypax})
-% \end{enumerate*}, plus any additional initialization
-% commands needed for the documentation.
+% \item Two-column index instead of three-column\par
+% \item Dark Blue colour for annotated code\par
+% \item Recalculation of the left-hand margin in
+% documentation to accommodate long variable names\par
+% \item Wider space for the section numbers and page numbers
+% in the Table of Contents, and ragged-right setting for
+% section titles to prevent hyphenation\par
+% \item Appendixes (used for annotated code for ancillary
+% files) are styled at section level, not chapter
+% level\par
+% \item Definitions for the Con\TeX t{}, \XeTeX{}, and
+% \XeLaTeX{} logos (borrowed from the TUGboat style)\par
+% \item Fake small caps (also from TUGboat) for the \BibTeX{}
+% logo\par
+% \item New struts for adjusting table spacing, and an arrow
+% between examples of menu items in documentation\par
+% \item Some hyphenation oddities\par
+% \item A fix for the broken description environment item
+% label to stop it overflowing\par
+% \item A counter to be used when calculating the number of
+% items in a list\par
% \end{enumerate}
-% \emph{Note particularly that the list of packages
-% required by the class or package itself is
-% \emph{not} stored inline to the code of the
-% class or package. It is stored separately for reasons that
-% are explained in detail in \vref{constraints}.}\par
-% \subsection{Configuration and setup}\label{setup}
-% The \texttt{book} element is the outermost container
-% for the document. It is used to carry the configuration
-% information in attributes, for example:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<book xml:id="classpack" arch="class" version="0" revision="71"
- status="beta" conformance="LaTeX2e" condition="2011-06-27"
- os="all" audience="lppl" security="0" vendor="Silmaril"
- xml:base="tex/latex" xlink:role="xxx" userlevel="cls"
- annotations="\raggedright" remap="a4paper,12pt">
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[\texttt{xml:id}\thinspace:]\label{rootid}This \textsc{must} be the
-% name of the class or package. It will be used as the
-% \LaTeX{} filename (with {\ttfamily{}.cls} or
-% {\ttfamily{}.sty} and
-% {\ttfamily{}.ins} added automatically), so it
-% \textsc{should} be all lowercase
-% and \textsc{must} consist of
-% letters, digits, and hyphens only, starting with a
-% letter.\par
-% The XML rules for IDs require this restriction,
-% which currently makes it impossible to use ClassPack
-% to maintain a class or packages whose name begins with
-% a digit.
-% \item[\texttt{arch}\thinspace:]\label{arch}The `architecture' of the
-% document, which defines the type of file you are going
-% to produce; this must be either \texttt{"class"} or \texttt{"package"}, corresponding
-% exactly with the value of the \texttt{userlevel}
-% attribute below.
-% \item[\texttt{userlevel}\thinspace:]\label{userlevel}The file type of the class or package document;
-% this must be either {\ttfamily{}cls} or
-% {\ttfamily{}sty}, corresponding
-% exactly with the value of the \texttt{arch}
-% attribute above.
-% \item[\texttt{version}\thinspace:]The major version of the class or package.
-% Conventionally, development (α) or pre-release
-% (β) versions of software start at version
-% zero.
-% \item[\texttt{revision}\thinspace:]\label{revno}The sub-version or release of your class or
-% package. This is combined with the major version
-% number, separated by a dot, to produce the complete
-% version number.\par
-% The most recent revision history entry gets tested
-% against this when the file is processed, and an error
-% message is displayed if the version numbers do not
-% match, as a warning that you have updated one without
-% updating the other, and may therefore have forgotten
-% to document a change (see the \texttt{revision}
-% element in
-% `\textbf{\texttt{revhistory}}', the last item in the list in \vref{revhist}).
-% \item[\texttt{status}\thinspace:]The development status of the class or package, eg
-% \texttt{"alpha"}, \texttt{"beta"}, \texttt{"candidate"}, \texttt{"draft"}, \texttt{"final"}, etc.
-% \item[\texttt{conformance}\thinspace:]The \TeX{} format required to process the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} document. Only the value
-% \texttt{"LaTeX2e"} is supported at
-% the moment.
-% \item[\texttt{condition}\thinspace:]The version of the format identified in \texttt{conformance}, expressed as an
-% ISO date (\texttt{"yyyy-mm-dd"}).\par
-% Note that this is \emph{not} in the
-% \LaTeX{} format
-% ({\ttfamily{}yyyy/mm/dd}).
-% \item[\texttt{os}\thinspace:]The operating system[s] for which the class or
-% package is relevant. Currently, only the value \texttt{"all"} is supported.
-% \item[\texttt{audience}\thinspace:]The licence under which the class or package is
-% made available. For normal publicly-available \LaTeX{}
-% classes or packages which will be uploaded to CTAN,
-% use the value \texttt{"lppl"}
-% (\LaTeX{} Project Public Licence).\par
-% A copy of the LPPL is distributed with ClassPack
-% in a file called {\ttfamily{}lppl.xml}, which
-% must be copied or soft-linked (aliased) to each
-% directory in which you process ClassPack
-% documents.\par
-% Classes or packages for private or commercial use
-% will probably need to use another value, but it is
-% used as a filename, so a {\ttfamily{}.xml}
-% file with that name must exist in the directory in
-% which your ClassPack document is processed. It must
-% contain a
-% \emph{DocBook}~\texttt{chapter}
-% element containing the text of the licence, which will
-% be included at the end of the documentation.
-% \item[\texttt{security}\thinspace:]The checksum value emitted by
-% \textsf{ltxdoc} when it processes your class
-% or package to format your documentation. See the
-% documentation for the \textsf{ltxdoc} package for details.\par
-% Setting this to zero avoids the \LaTeX{} error
-% message during early development, when every edit
-% would change the checksum. As with the version values,
-% you must update this value, if non-zero, to match the
-% one that \textsf{ltxdoc} reports.
-% \item[\texttt{vendor}\thinspace:]Your name, or the name of the organisation
-% responsible for the work on this class or package.
-% \item[\texttt{remap}\thinspace:]Any options to pass to the
-% \textsf{ltxdoc} package, such as
-% \textbf{\texttt{a4paper}}, \textbf{\texttt{12pt}},
-% etc.\par
-% This, and the following \texttt{annotations}
-% attribute, make it easier to change the global
-% formatting of the documentation.
-% \item[\texttt{annotations}\thinspace:]Any \LaTeX{} commands required for global
-% application at the start of the documentation that
-% cannot easily be included anywhere else (eg
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}raggedright},
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}sffamily}, etc).
-% \item[\texttt{xml:base}\thinspace:]The name of the \emph{subdirectory}
-% where the resulting {\ttfamily{}.cls} or
-% {\ttfamily{}.sty} file should be installed in
-% a TDS-compliant \TeX{} installation, relative to the
-% {\ttfamily{}texmf/tex/latex} directory of the
-% tree. For most packages, this means the name of the
-% directory you want created by the installation
-% {\ttfamily{}.tds.zip} file, in which the
-% {\ttfamily{}.cls} or {\ttfamily{}.sty}
-% file will be put.
-% \item[\texttt{xlink:role}\thinspace:]\label{selfspec}\textsc{Optional}. If this
-% is set to a value, then the package being written will
-% be included in the setup for the documentation
-% (perhaps so that it can be used in examples), with the
-% value of this attribute being used as the optional
-% argument to the generated
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}usepackage} command.\par
-% If the package is required with no options, use
-% this attribute but set it to null (\texttt{""}). The date constraint is
-% added automatically, using the current package date as
-% defined by the most recent entry in the
-% \texttt{revhistory}.\par
-% Note that this only works for packages, not
-% classes. Classes cannot not be documented using
-% themselves.
-% \end{description}
-% It is essential to get these values correct, otherwise
-% subsequent processing will produce unexpected
-% results, or no results at all.\par
-% \subsection{Metadata}\label{metadata}
-% The titling, specification of packages (separately for
-% the documentation and for the class or package itself),
-% revision history, abstract, copyright, and availability are
-% all kept at the top of the document in an element called
-% \texttt{info}, immediately after the \texttt{book} start-tag:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<info>
- <cover>...</cover>
- <!-- THE METADATA STARTS HERE -->
- <title>XML mastering for &LaTeX; document classes...
- <author>...
- <copyright>...
- <releaseinfo>http://latex.silmaril.ie/software</releaseinfo>
- <annotation>...
- <abstract>...
- <revhistory>...
-</info>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Of these, the \texttt{cover} element is the most
-% complex, as it is [ab]used to hold all the details of
-% packages and settings required for the class or package
-% \emph{and} for the production of the
-% documentation. It therefore gets the whole of
-% \vref{constraints} to itself.\par
-% The other metadata element types are more obvious, and
-% largely use the \emph{DocBook} markup as
-% intended.\par
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[\texttt{title}\thinspace:]This contains the title of the class or package in
-% natural language. This is \emph{not} the
-% content of the {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}title} command in
-% \LaTeX{} terms, in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file,
-% which is automatically preset to the phrase
-% `The \textsf{{\itshape name}}
-% \LaTeXe{} document class' (or
-% `package'; where
-% {\itshape name} is the name of your
-% class or package as specified in the \texttt{xml:id} attribute of the
-% \texttt{book} root element).\par
-% The title you give in
-% \emph{this}~\texttt{title}
-% element is the explanatory subtitle which appears
-% \emph{under} the automatically-generated
-% one on the first page of the typeset
-% documentation.
-% \item[\texttt{author}\thinspace:]The \texttt{author} element provides identity
-% markup for the author[s], using a
-% \texttt{personname} element for each author,
-% containing subelements for firstname, surname, and
-% other forms of naming; optionally followed by an
-% \texttt{affiliation} element, where you can identify
-% employer or other status; address; email; and URI, as
-% in the following example. The name, affiliation, and
-% email address are used in the
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}author} command of the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<author role="maintainer">
- <personname>
- <firstname>Peter</firstname>
- <surname>Flynn</surname>
- </personname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Silmaril Consultants</orgname>
- <orgdiv>Textual Therapy Division</orgdiv>
- </affiliation>
- <address>Cork, Ireland</address>
- <email>peter at silmaril.ie</email>
- <uri>http://blogs.silmaril.ie/peter</uri>
- <contrib role="sponsor">UCC</contrib>
-</author>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% For multiple authors, you must enclose multiple
-% \texttt{author} elements (one per author) in an
-% outer \texttt{authorgroup} container element. One of
-% the authors must be identified as the maintainer of
-% the package or class, by adding the \texttt{role}
-% attribute with the value
-% {\ttfamily{}maintainer}.\par
-% A \texttt{contrib} element with a \texttt{role} attribute set to \texttt{"sponsor"} can be added in an
-% \texttt{author} block, to give the
-% name of an organisation sponsoring the development of
-% the class or package.
-% \item[\texttt{copyright}\thinspace:]This element lets you identify the \texttt{year}
-% and the name of the \texttt{holder} (you, your
-% employer, or some other entity).
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<copyright>
- <year>2012</year>
- <holder>Silmaril Consultants</holder>
-</copyright>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \item[\texttt{releaseinfo}\thinspace:]In the absence of other ways of identifying where
-% to find your class or package (assuming it will
-% eventually find its way onto CTAN), this element can
-% be used to hold the URI of a location where it can be
-% downloaded, such as your personal or business web
-% site.
-% \item[\texttt{annotation}\thinspace:]This element is used for a warning or notice you
-% want placed in the Preamble of the
-% {\ttfamily{}.ins} file, which is used for
-% extracting your class or package from the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file, where it will be seen
-% by users installing the software.
-% \item[\texttt{abstract}\thinspace:]The Abstract is formatted on the front page of
-% your documentation. Like any abstract, it should
-% summarise what the class or package does, and who might
-% want to use it.\par
-% The \texttt{abstract} element may start with an
-% optional \texttt{title} element, which (if present)
-% will be used to change the value of the
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}abstractname} in the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file
-% (`Summary' is a common
-% choice).\par
-% The rest of the abstract is just paragraphs; note
-% that lists, block quotations, figures, tables, etc are
-% not allowed in an Abstract.
-% \item[\texttt{revhistory}\thinspace:]\label{revhist}This holds the top-level information about each
-% major and minor revision, outlining the main changes.
-% The version number of the most recent revision, as
-% identified by the latest value of the \texttt{conformance} attribute of the
-% \texttt{date} element, must match the version number
-% composed from the major version and the revision in
-% the \texttt{book} root element (see `\textbf{\texttt{revision}}', the \ordinalstringnum{5} item in the list in \vref{revno}).\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<revision version="0.72">
- <date conformance="2012-02-11"/>
- <revdescription>
- <itemizedlist>
- <title>Wrote internal documentation</title>
- <listitem>
- <para>Created the classpack.xml template
- as an example.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </revdescription>
-</revision>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Comments on individual changes to the code should
-% be documented \emph{at the code
-% location}, using the \texttt{remark}
-% element (see \vref{maintenance}), eg\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<remark version="0.70" revision="2010-05-29">Added
- timestamp</remark>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% These \texttt{remark} elements get collated as
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}changes} commands, and gathered
-% together in the changelog by \textsf{ltxdoc}
-% during processing.
-% \end{description}
-% \subsection{Packages and related commands}\label{constraints}
-% As mentioned above, the \texttt{cover} element is used
-% to provide a place where packages and other \LaTeX{}
-% preliminaries can be specified. Using this structure means
-% each entry is separately editable, and the same structure is
-% used both for packages for the documentation
-% \emph{and} packages for the class or package
-% itself.\par
-% It would of course have been possible just to allow a
-% slab of \LaTeX{} code at these points, but that would have made
-% commenting and documentation harder, and would also have
-% made it more difficult to perform an XML
-% element-copy--element-paste or an XInclude when using
-% one package or class's settings as the basis for another.\par
-% The most important reason is that specifying package
-% lists as separately-identifiable blocks makes it possible to
-% automate the invocation of frequently-used packages,
-% parameters, options, or settings which you may store
-% separately for re-use (see \vref{autospec}) by
-% adding your own modifications that you like to have included
-% whenever you use a particular package.\par
-% In particular, the
-% \emph{autopackage} feature added to
-% ClassPack in v0.74 means that most packages needed for
-% documentation are now detected automatically on the basis of
-% features you use in your documentation, making it
-% unnecessary to specify them by hand. For example, if you use
-% compact lists, ClassPack will detect this and add the
-% \textsf{enumitem} package for you.\par
-% The XSLT2 program also uses this markup in order to
-% modify the behaviour of the \LaTeX{} code at several points
-% (such as fixing the broken abstract formatting when the
-% \textsf{parskip} package is used).\par
-% There are at least two, possibly four, sections in the
-% \texttt{cover} element where the packages, commands, and
-% other data can be defined:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<constraintdef xml:id="docpackages">
- ...packages for the user documentation are defined here...
-</constraintdef>
-
-<constraintdef xml:id="startdoc">
- ...special commands for the user documentation go here...
-</constraintdef>
-
-<constraintdef xml:id="clspackages" linkend="options">
- ...packages needed for the class or package are defined here...
-</constraintdef>
-
-<constraintdef xml:id="manifest">
- ...files to add to the MANIFEST/zip file are listed here...
-</constraintdef>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% These exact \texttt{xml:id} values
-% are mandatory when the relevant \texttt{constraintdef}
-% elements are used, as they are referenced from elsewhere in
-% the document by the XSLT2 program. The only variation is
-% that when writing a package ({\ttfamily{}.sty}
-% file), the \texttt{"clspackages"} must read
-% \texttt{"stypackages"} instead. The first
-% three letters are used to match the three-letter filetype
-% used as the value of the \texttt{arch}
-% attribute that you specified on the \texttt{book} root
-% element (see `\textbf{\texttt{arch}}', the \ordinalstringnum{2} item in the list in \vref{arch}).\par
-% Each \texttt{constraintdef} element can
-% hold one or (in some circumstances, more) of the following
-% element types:\par
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item \texttt{segmentedlist} (in a
-% \texttt{docpackages}, \texttt{clspackages}, or
-% \texttt{stypackages} type of \texttt{constraintdef}\emph{only}), a list structure used to
-% specify the packages required: see \vref{packspec};
-% \item \label{cmdsynopsis}\texttt{cmdsynopsis}, used for defining
-% \emph{user documentation} setup commands
-% to be placed \emph{in} the Preamble. This
-% is only meaningful in the \texttt{"docpackages"} type of
-% \texttt{constraintdef}: see \vref{cmdspec};
-% \item \texttt{procedure}, used for holding blocks of
-% \emph{user documentation} setup commands
-% to be placed \emph{after} the Preamble
-% (that is, at the start of the document body, after the
-% \verb|\begin{document}| command). This is
-% only meaningful in the \texttt{"docpackages"} type of
-% \texttt{constraintdef}.\par
-% Note that this is distinct from commands to be
-% placed \emph{in} the Preamble, which are
-% held in a more structured manner in the
-% \texttt{cmdsynopsis} element deacribed above: see
-% \vref{addcmds};
-% \item \texttt{simplelist}, a list whose
-% \texttt{member} elements are used to name additional
-% files to be included in the distribution zip file
-% ({\ttfamily{}MANIFEST}). This is only meaningful
-% in a \texttt{manifest} type of
-% \texttt{constraintdef}: see
-% \vref{manifestfiles}.
-% \end{itemize}
-% \subsubsection{Specifying packages}\label{packspec}
-% There are three parts to using
-% \texttt{constraintdef} for this:\par
-% \begin{enumerate}[noitemsep]
-% \item specifying packages for your user documentation (see
-% \vref{docpax});
-% \item specifying packages for the class or package you
-% are writing (see \vref{classtypax});
-% \item automating the inclusion of extra settings to be
-% used whenever you specify a particular package (see
-% \vref{autospec}).
-% \end{enumerate}
-% For the first two, the \texttt{segmentedlist}
-% element is used. This contains a sequence of
-% \texttt{seglistitem}\thinspace{}s, one per package, each containing a
-% \texttt{seg} element holding the package name. An
-% optional \texttt{segtitle} element may start the list,
-% and if present, is used as a comment (for the
-% documentation packages) or a subheading (class or package
-% packages).\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<segmentedlist>
- <segtitle>Packages required for documentation</segtitle>
- <seglistitem role="Use the Charter typeface for documentation.">
- <seg version="2005-04-12">charter</seg>
- </seglistitem>
- <seglistitem role="Use Helvetica as the sans-serif, but scale it
- to fit">
- <seg role="scaled=0.8333">helvet</seg>
- </seglistitem>
- ...
-</segmentedlist>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Each \texttt{seglistitem} provides for
-% a documentary comment about why this package is required,
-% using the \texttt{role}
-% attribute. In the case of the packages for your own class
-% or package, this comment is reproduced in the
-% documentation of the code.\par
-% The package itself is specified as the content of the
-% \texttt{seg} element in each item.\par
-% Any options for the package being loaded must be
-% supplied in the \texttt{role} attribute
-% of the \texttt{seg} element. If the
-% package must conform to a specific version, the date must
-% be provided (in ISO format) in the \texttt{version} attribute.\par
-% \paragraph{Declaring packages needed for your documentation}\label{docpax}
-% Packages required for your documentation must be
-% included in the type of list described above, in the
-% \texttt{constraintdef} element that has the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"docpackages"}. Note that some
-% packages are automatically when certain types of
-% formatting are implied: see \vref{autopackage} for details.\par
-% The relevant {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}usepackage} commands
-% get included in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file right
-% after the \verb|\begin{document}|
-% command.\par
-% If you also want the package you are maintaining to
-% be included in the documentation (perhaps so you can use
-% it for examples), remember to set the \texttt{xlink:role} attribute on the
-% \texttt{book} root element as described in `\textbf{\texttt{xlink:role}}', the last item in the list in \vref{selfspec}.\par
-% See \vref{autospec} for details of how to
-% specify package command settings that you want included
-% by default every time you specify a particular
-% package.\par
-% \paragraph{Declaring packages needed by the class or package
-% itself}\label{classtypax}
-% All the packages required for the class or package
-% being written must be included in the type of list
-% described above, in the \texttt{constraintdef} element
-% that has the \texttt{xml:id} value
-% of \texttt{"clspackages"} (for classes)
-% or \texttt{"stypackages"} (for
-% packages).\par
-% \subparagraph{Specifying where in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
-% file to output them\thinspace:}
-% Because your class or package design may include
-% preliminary commands needed before packages are
-% included, the relevant {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage}
-% commands must be added to the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
-% file \emph{in a location that you must specify
-% yourself}. This is done by giving the \texttt{linkend} attribute on the
-% enclosing \texttt{constraintdef} element the value
-% of an \texttt{xml:id} which you
-% have assigned to a chapter or section in your
-% annotated code.\par
-% \emph{There is no default: you must specify
-% this link yourself, otherwise the list of required
-% packages will not be output.}\par
-% The reason is that you may need to write some of
-% your class or package code (option declarations, for
-% example, or a {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}LoadPackage} command),
-% \emph{before} the specified packages are
-% loaded.\par
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item If the chapter or section you have specified
-% has content (text) in it, the
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands are
-% output as the content of a new chapter or section
-% immediately preceding or following it, as
-% specified by the value of the \texttt{role}
-% attribute (`before' or
-% `after').
-% \item If the chapter or section you have specified
-% is (deliberately) empty, the
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands are
-% output as the content of that chapter or
-% section.
-% \end{itemize}
-% As an example, let us say you specify the
-% \texttt{constraintdef} with\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<constraintdef xml:id="clspackages" linkend="options" role="after">...
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% You must then have a chapter or section in your
-% documented code with the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"options"}. If
-% it is empty (no character data content) like this:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<sect1 xml:id="options">
- <title/>
- <para/>
-</sect1>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% then the list of {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} commands will
-% be output in its place.\par
-% If, on the other hand, the specified section
-% has text and code of its own:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<sect1 xml:id="options">
- <title>Options</title>
- <para>text...</para>
- <programlisting>
-\some{code}
- </programlisting>
-</sect1>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% then the list of {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage}
-% commands will be output immediately after it, as a new
-% section at the same level.\par
-% In both cases, the \texttt{segtitle} of the
-% \texttt{segmentedlist} will be used as the title of
-% the section.\par
-% \subsubsection{Automated settings for declared packages}\label{autospec}
-% There are several reasons for automating package setup:\par
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item Many \LaTeX{} authors and designers have
-% `favourite' settings that they
-% like to use every time they specify a particular
-% package.
-% \item Some options have now become the \emph{de
-% facto} convention for their package,
-% (for example, the \textbf{\texttt{T1}} option on the
-% \textsf{fontenc} package).
-% \item There are commands that need to be used whenever a
-% particular package is invoked (for example, the
-% \textsf{makeidx} package means you need to
-% add the {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeindex} command to the
-% Preamble).
-% \item Some packages are only needed in the documentation
-% if a particular formatting feature is used (for
-% example compact list spacing requires the
-% \textsf{enumitem} package). This avoids you
-% having to remember to include a specific package when
-% you use such a feature; and to remove it if you cease
-% to use the feature.
-% \end{itemize}
-% To help automate these, an ancillary (lookup) file
-% called {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} is used, which
-% is a \emph{DocBook} document with a
-% \texttt{refsection} root element type containing two
-% \texttt{procedure} elements, shown below.\par
-% The {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file must be in
-% the directory specified by your setting of the
-% {\ttfamily{}repo} runtime parameter.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<refsection>
- <title>Commands to use before and after packages</title>
- <procedure xml:id="prepackage">
- ...steps...
- </procedure>
- <procedure xml:id="postpackage">
- ...steps...
- </procedure>
-</refsection>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The \texttt{"prepackage"} procedure
-% is for material which needs to go
-% \emph{before} a package is invoked. The \texttt{"postpackage"} procedure is for
-% material which needs to go \emph{after} a
-% package is invoked.\par
-% \paragraph{Identifying each package}
-% Within these procedures, each package is identified in
-% a \texttt{step} element.\par
-% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-% \item the \texttt{remap} attribute
-% holds the package name;
-% \item the \texttt{condition}
-% attribute holds the type[s] of output it is intended
-% to be effective for, \texttt{"doc"}, \texttt{"cls"}, or \texttt{"sty"} (space-separated if
-% more than one);
-% \item the \texttt{role} attribute
-% holds any default options (comma-separated);
-% \item an optional \texttt{para} element holds a
-% textual description of the package and its use. This
-% is only meaningful for packages marked in the \texttt{condition} attribute for
-% use in the class or package. If present, this gets
-% output to the code documentation.
-% \end{itemize}
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<step role="utf8x" remap="inputenc" condition="cls sty">
- <para>UTF-8 is the default character set, to allow for use of
- any character in any writing system. Some characters
- are not specified for all fonts, so may have to be
- specified manually.</para>
-</step>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% In this example, specifying
-% \textsf{inputenc} in the document, in a
-% \texttt{seg} element as described in \vref{packspec}, results in the package being
-% added with {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}RequirePackage} to the
-% class or package code.\par
-% \paragraph{Automating inclusion}\label{autopackage}
-% Each \texttt{step} may contain one
-% or more \texttt{constructorsynopsis} elements which
-% specify the condition[s] under which the package will
-% automatically be included \emph{without it needing
-% to be specified} in a \texttt{seg} element
-% as described in \vref{packspec}\par
-% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-% \item the \texttt{condition}
-% attribute holds the name of an element type which,
-% if present in the documentation, will cause the
-% package to be included automatically;
-% \item one or more \texttt{methodparam} subelements
-% can be used to specify attribute conditions on the
-% element type named in the \texttt{condition}
-% attribute:
-% \begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
-% \item the \texttt{parameter} element specifies
-% the name of an attribute. If no
-% \texttt{modifier} element is present, the
-% specified attribute is simply tested for
-% presence (Boolean test)
-% \item a
-% \texttt{modifier} element is used to
-% specify a value for which the attribute is tested
-% \end{itemize}
-% \end{itemize}
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<step remap="dcolumn" condition="doc">
- <constructorsynopsis condition="colspec">
- <methodparam>
- <parameter>align</parameter>
- <modifier>char</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
-</step>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% In the example above, a \texttt{colspec} element
-% anywhere in the document with an \texttt{align} attribute equal to \texttt{"char"} will cause the
-% \textsf{dcolumn} package to be included
-% automatically (the package handles decimal-column
-% alignment).\par
-% A special case involves the use of the \texttt{funcparams} subelement instead of
-% the \texttt{parameter} attribute, to
-% specify that an IDREF attribute must be checked for the
-% \emph{type} of element it refers to.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<step condition="doc" remap="fmtcount">
- <constructorsynopsis condition="xref">
- <methodparam>
- <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
- <modifier>varlistentry</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- <methodparam>
- <funcparams>linkend</funcparams>
- <modifier>listitem</modifier>
- </methodparam>
- </constructorsynopsis>
-</step>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% In this example, the \textsf{fmtcount}
-% package will be included if there is an \texttt{xref}
-% element anywhere in the documentation with a \texttt{linkend} attribute which points
-% at a \texttt{varlistentry} or \texttt{listitem}
-% element~--- that is, the \texttt{xml:id} attribute whose value
-% matches the \texttt{linkend} value
-% is on such an element type (the
-% \textsf{fmtcount} package enables ordinal
-% counting, needed when making a reference to an item in a
-% list that is not numbered).\par
-% \paragraph{Adding extra code before or after a package}
-% Each \texttt{step} may also contain
-% one or more \texttt{constraintdef} elements containing
-% \texttt{cmdsynopsis} elements containing
-% \texttt{command} elements to hold \LaTeX{} code to be
-% inserted, in exactly the same format as shown in \vref{constraints}.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<step remap="apacite" condition="doc">
- <constraintdef>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\AtBeginDocument{\edef\ApaciteRestoreAtCode%
- {\catcode`@=\the\catcode`@\relax}}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </constraintdef>
-</step>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% If this step is given in the \texttt{"prepackage"} section, the code is
-% inserted \emph{before} the package is
-% included; if the step is given in the \texttt{"postpackage"} section, the code
-% is inserted \emph{after} the package is
-% included.\par
-% A package listed in this file can be given default
-% options by specifying them in the \texttt{role} attribute of the
-% \texttt{step} element. It is then unnecessary to specify
-% them additionally in the main document (although it won't
-% matter, as they are checked for duplication).\par
-% \subsubsection{Defining commands required for documentation setup}\label{cmdspec}
-% Documenting classes or packages will often require
-% additional commands to be defined in order to set up special
-% counters or lengths, establish conditions, or create new
-% macros to be used in your documentation.\par
-% \emph{This is quite different from needing to
-% issue standard \LaTeX{} commands in order to
-% set existing standard \LaTeX{} values, such as }\verb|\setlength{\parskip}{5mm}|.
-% \emph{That kind of adjustment is dealt with in \vref{addcmds}.}\par
-% Commands to be defined for the documentation to work
-% must go in \texttt{cmysynopsis} elements in the
-% \texttt{constraintdef} element that has the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"docpackages"},
-% \emph{after} the end of the
-% \texttt{segmentedlist} of packages.\par
-% The commands are specified with the command name
-% (control sequence) or environment name
-% \emph{separately} from the definition: this
-% allows a structure to be imposed which enables the
-% identification and re-use of these specifications.\par
-% In giving the commands (control sequences) that you
-% define, you specify just the names, with no backslash; and
-% the definitions you give must not have the outermost set
-% of curly braces. Both the backslash and the curly braces
-% are added by the XSLT2 program when writing the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file.\par
-% Commands containing an `at'
-% sign ({\ttfamily{}@}) in their name or
-% definition are automatically enclosed in
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeatletter} and
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}makeatother} commands.\par
-% There are several attributes which specify what you
-% are defining, so that the data is output to the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file correctly:\par
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[Simple commands\thinspace:]A simple new \LaTeX{} command with a textual
-% expansion is defined with the \texttt{command}
-% element holding the name of the command being
-% defined, and an \texttt{arg} element holding the
-% definition.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command>LyX</command>
- <arg>L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newcommand{\LyX}{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \item[Renewed commands\thinspace:]If the command is a renewal of an existing
-% command, use a \texttt{role}
-% attribute of \texttt{"renew"} on
-% the \texttt{command} element.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command role="renew">vstrut</command>
- <arg>\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\renewcommand{\vstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \item[Plain \TeX{} commands\thinspace:]A {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}def} command in Plain \TeX{}
-% syntax can be specified with the attribute \texttt{xml:lang} set to \texttt{"TeX"} on the
-% \texttt{command} element.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis xml:lang="TeX">
- <command>hline</command>
- <arg>\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
- \@ifnextchar[{\@@hline}{\@@hline[\arrayrulewidth]}</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\def\hline{\noalign{\ifnum0=`}\fi
- \@ifnextchar[{\@@hline}{\@@hline[\arrayrulewidth]}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \item[Commands with arguments\thinspace:]If a defined command needs arguments, specify
-% the number of arguments in the \texttt{wordsize} attribute of the
-% \texttt{arg} element:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command>componentbox</command>
- <arg wordsize="2">\begin{tabular}[m]{@{}|c|@{}}\hline
- \cellcolor{#1}\hbox to1em{\hss%\vrule height1em width0pt
- \raisebox{.2ex}{\ttfamily\tiny#2}\hss}\\\hline
- \end{tabular}</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newcommand{\componentbox}[2]{\begin{tabular}[m]{@{}|c|@{}}\hline
- \cellcolor{#1}\hbox to1em{\hss%\vrule height1em width0pt
- \raisebox{.2ex}{\ttfamily\tiny#2}\hss}\\\hline
- \end{tabular}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% If a default first argument is required, the
-% value must be provided in the \texttt{condition} attribute of the
-% \texttt{command} element.\par
-% There is no provision in this version of the
-% software for the specification of the extended argument array
-% provided by the \textsf{xargs} package.
-% \item[Counters, lengths, and \texttt{\textbackslash{}newwrite}s\thinspace:]Counters, lengths, and
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}newwrite} commands can be defined
-% by using the \texttt{remap}
-% attribute set to the value \texttt{"counter"}, \texttt{"length"} or \texttt{"newwrite"} as appropriate. in
-% this case, no \texttt{arg} element is
-% required unless a counter or length is to be
-% assigned a default value.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command remap="newwrite">fnotes</command></cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newwrite\fnotes
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% However, if the length or counter needs an
-% initial value, give it in an \texttt{arg} element.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command remap="length">revmarg</command>
- <arg>3cm</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command remap="counter">cards</command>
- <arg>42</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newlength{\revmarg}\setlength{\revmarg}{3cm}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \item[References to attributes\thinspace:]One specialist use is predefined: assigning the
-% type of document (class or package) to a command:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command>classorpackage</command>
- <arg remap="arch"/>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newcommand{\classorpackage}{...}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% where [\dots{}] is the type of the current
-% document. The \texttt{arch} element in this case
-% has no content, but uses the \texttt{remap} attribute to specify
-% the name of an attribute (here, \texttt{arch}) on the
-% \texttt{book} root element. This results in the
-% command {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}classorpackage} being set
-% equal to \texttt{"class"} or \texttt{"package"}; this value is used
-% to provide a value for the entity \texttt{\&doctype;}. This entity can
-% then be used in shared XML documentation to refer to
-% the current document by type, knowing that it will
-% be correctly translated to the type of document when
-% the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file is
-% created.
-% \item[Environments\thinspace:]The same principle applies to environments as to
-% commands, but there are two arguments: one for the
-% `before' and one for the
-% `after':\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<cmdsynopsis>
- <command remap="environment">panel</command>
- <arg wordsize="1" condition="\relax">\begin{Sbox}%
- \begin{minipage}{3in}%
- \if#1\relax\else\subsubsection*{#1}\fi</arg>
- <arg>\end{minipage}\end{Sbox}%
- \begin{center}\fbox{\theSbox}\end{center}%</arg>
-</cmdsynopsis>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This creates the definition:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-\newenvironment{panel}{%
- \begin{Sbox}%
- \begin{minipage}{3in}%
- \if#1\relax\else\subsubsection*{#1}\fi
-}{%
- \end{minipage}\end{Sbox}%
- \begin{center}\fbox{\theSbox}\end{center}%
-}
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The controls for the number of arguments and any
-% default argument must go on the first \texttt{arg}
-% element. The same rule about setting the \texttt{role} attribute to \texttt{"renew"} applies as for
-% generating commands.
-% \end{description}
-% \subsubsection{Additional setup commands}\label{addcmds}
-% Quite separately from the business of defining new
-% commands (or redefining existing ones) dealt with in \vref{cmdspec}, there is also usually a need to issue
-% commands that establish or reset a value needed for the
-% documentation.\par
-% Commands that you want implemented every time you use
-% a particular package should go in your
-% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file, as described in
-% \vref{autospec}. This section is for commands or
-% settings that only refer to the documentation for the
-% current class or package being written.\par
-% These commands go in the third of the types of
-% \texttt{constraintdef} element, with the \texttt{xml:id} value of \texttt{"startdoc"} because they are output
-% at the start of the documentation
-% (\emph{after} the
-% \verb|\begin{document}|).\par
-% They follow exactly the same syntax as those in the
-% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} file:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<constraintdef xml:id="startdoc">
- <procedure>
- <step>
- <cmdsynopsis>
- <command>\setcounter{tocdepth}{5}</command>
- <command>\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}</command>
- <command>\def\@@doxdescribe#1#2{\endgroup
- \ifdox at noprint\else\marginpar{\raggedleft
- \textcolor{DarkRed}{\@nameuse{PrintDescribe#1}{#2}}}\fi
- \ifdox at noindex\else\@nameuse{Special#1Index}{#2}\fi
- \endgroup\@esphack\ignorespaces}</command>
- </cmdsynopsis>
- </step>
- </procedure>
-</constraintdef>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}@@doxdescribe} command is an
-% oddity here: it appears not to work if placed in the
-% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml} document, where it gets
-% issued in the Preamble; instead it goes here, where it
-% gets issued after the
-% \verb|\begin{document}|.\par
-% \subsubsection{The Manifest}\label{manifestfiles}
-% The fourth and last variant of the
-% \texttt{constraintdef} element (with the \texttt{xml:id} attribute of \texttt{"manifest"}) is very simple. It is a
-% list of the names of any separate files that you want
-% included in the Zip file that the {\ttfamily{}build} command produces. This
-% means anything other than the {\ttfamily{}.dtx},
-% {\ttfamily{}.ins}, and {\ttfamily{}.pdf}
-% files that get included automatically.\par
-% The content of this element is a
-% \texttt{simplelist}, containing \texttt{member}
-% elements, one per file:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<constraintdef xml:id="manifest">
- <simplelist>
- <member>doctexbook.dtd</member>
- <member>db2dtx.xsl</member>
- <member>db2bibtex.xsl</member>
- <member>prepost.xml</member>
- <member>lppl.xml</member>
- <member>decommentbbl.awk</member>
- </simplelist>
-</constraintdef>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \subsubsection{The README file}\label{readme}
-% One additional output file is produced automatically
-% by the XSLT2 program: the plaintext README file which
-% accompanies all classes and packages, with a brief
-% description of usage and installation, for the benefit of
-% people who cannot or will not read the PDF
-% documentation.\par
-% This is generated automatically from the file
-% {\ttfamily{}readme.xml}, which is a DocBook5
-% \texttt{chapter} document with some changes to the
-% character entities to accommodate plain text. Note that
-% this document does \emph{not} use the
-% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd} used for your normal
-% class or package {\small XML} document. A sample
-% is included in the \textsf{classpack}
-% distribution.\par
-% The {\ttfamily{}readme.xml} file uses the
-% \texttt{olink} element type to act as a placeholder for
-% transcluded atomic information from the main document
-% (pending implementation of the proposed DocBook
-% Transclusions method). This element must have a
-% \texttt{targetptr} and a \texttt{type} attribute
-% specifying (respectively) the name of the element type and
-% the relevant attribute in the main document. For example,
-% to include the name of the class or package, we
-% use:\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[LaTeX]TeX}]
-<olink targetptr="book" type="xml:id"/>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Two other element types have also had
-% \texttt{targetptr} and \texttt{type} attributes
-% added: \texttt{sect1} and \texttt{anchor}. These are
-% used to specify the inclusion of whole sections or
-% fragments of the main document, such as the Abstract or
-% the Copyright.\par
-% The text is reformatted in plain text, omitting all
-% markup. Only a few element types have been implemented for
-% this in this version: see the ancillary XSLT2 routines in
-% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl} for details.\par
-% The resulting {\ttfamily{}README} file
-% includes the Abstract from your class or package
-% {\small XML} document as the first section. The
-% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl} program uses a
-% template called \DescribeTemplate{normtext}\texttt{normtext} to
-% reformat text. This handles the conversion of entities
-% which occur in your Abstract (those declared in
-% {\ttfamily{}doctexbook.dtd}): by default, \texttt{\&TeX;}, \texttt{\&LaTeX;}, and \texttt{\ } are catered for, but if
-% you use any others, you must modify the code in this
-% template to deal with them, using a nested
-% \DescribeFunction{replace()}\texttt{replace()} function.\par
% \clearpage
-% \section{Using \emph{ClassPack}}\label{content}
-% The body of your docmentation is held in a \texttt{part}
-% element with the \texttt{xml:id} attribute
-% set to \texttt{"doc"}.\par
-% The tag-set of \emph{DocBook} is very
-% large, and only a part of it is needed for this purpose,
-% although support for additional elements is easily added in
-% the XSLT2 program.\par
-% The following sections describe the elements that are
-% currently supported, for the hierarchical structure (chapters,
-% sections, subsections, etc); the block-level structure
-% (tables, figures, lists, etc; what
-% \emph{DocBook} refers to as the
-% `pool') and for the inline markup (element types
-% in mixed content, used mostly in paragraph-like
-% situations).\par
-% \subsection{Hierarchical markup}\label{hierarchy}
-% The outline top-level structure is described in \vref{invocation} and \vref{setup}.\par
-% The \texttt{part}\thinspace{}s do not have any title or direct
-% textual content themselves: they just act as containers to
-% keep the user documentation separate from the documented
-% code and any other files that may be stored and
-% extracted.\par
-% Within a \texttt{part}, the major subdivision is the
-% \texttt{chapter}, which translates to a
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}section} in the {\ttfamily{}.dtx}
-% file. You should use the \texttt{chapter} element as your
-% major structural division. Each part (user documentation,
-% documented code, and additional files) must have at least
-% one chapter.\par
-% Within chapters, the sections, subsections, and lower
-% structural divisions are identified with \texttt{sect1},
-% \texttt{sect2}, and so on. You can use as many or as few
-% of these as you feel you need to organise your writing. In
-% the documented code, it is a good idea to modularise the
-% class or package, so that you can describe each part of it
-% in a logical and consistent manner.\par
-% The nested arrangement of chapters containing sections
-% conaining subsections should already be familiar to \LaTeX{}
-% users, although \LaTeX{} itself only uses headings as
-% separators, and has no physical
-% `containment' of the hierarchical
-% divisions of a document in the way that it does for the
-% block-level structures (environments).\par
-% Each of these hierarchical divisions must have a
-% \texttt{title} element (see `\textbf{\texttt{title}}', the first item in the list in \vref{title}),
-% and can also have an \texttt{xml:id}
-% attribute to act as a target (like a \LaTeX{}
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}label}) for cross-referencing (see `\textbf{\texttt{xref}}', the last item in the list in \vref{xref}).\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<part xml:id="doc">...
- <chapter xml:id="ui">
- <title>User interface</title>
- ...
- <sect1>
- <title>Font selection</title>
- ...
- </sect1>
- <sect1 xml:id="margins">
- <title>Margins and spacing</title>
- ...
- </sect1>
- </chapter>
- ...
-</part>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% \subsection{Structural markup (block-level elements)}\label{pool}
-% Within chapters, sections, subsections, etc, you can
-% have any arrangement or mixture of paragraphs, tables,
-% lists, figures, quotations, code samples, and other
-% conventional structures that will be familiar to you from
-% \LaTeX{} environments.\par
-% The only requirement is that each hierarchical division
-% must start with a title, and must contain at least one other
-% structural component. Supported element types are:\par
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[\texttt{title}\thinspace:]\label{title}a title, used in all chapters, [sub]sections,
-% figures, and tables (where it equates to a caption);
-% and also optionally in lists, sidebars, and other
-% block-level element types.
-% \item[\texttt{para}\thinspace:]for normal paragraphs.
-% \item[\texttt{itemizedlist}\thinspace:]for bulleted lists, containing
-% \texttt{listitem}\thinspace{}s which contain paragraphs.
-% \item[\texttt{orderedlist}\thinspace:]for numbered lists; the structure is identical to
-% an \texttt{itemizedlist}.
-% \item[\texttt{variablelist}\thinspace:]for description lists like this one (the
-% \texttt{term} element in each
-% \texttt{varlistentry} holds the reference term; the
-% descriptive part is in the same \texttt{listitem}
-% structure as for itemized and bulleted lists.
-% \item[\texttt{simplelist}\thinspace:]for plain unnumbered, unbulleted lists; each item
-% goes in a \texttt{member} element.
-% \item[\texttt{programlisting}\thinspace:]for listings of code: use without attributes in
-% the Code section. In the Documentation section, the
-% basic style is in {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}small} type,
-% black, {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}ttfamily}, and the following
-% attributes control the appearance:
-% \par\medskip{\sffamily\small
-% \begingroup
-% \centering
-% \begin{tabular}{@{}%
-% >{\ttfamily\prestrut\arraybackslash}l<{\poststrut\arraybackslash}%
-% >{\raggedright{}\prestrut\arraybackslash}p{9cm}<{\poststrut\arraybackslash}%
-% @{}}
-% \hline
-% \vstrut
-% wordsize&either a size command or a
-% pointsize/baseline like
-% {\ttfamily{}8/9}\\
-% language&{\ttfamily{}LaTeX} (default),
-% {\ttfamily{}DocBook},
-% {\ttfamily{}bash}, or another
-% language supported by the
-% \textsf{listings} package\\
-% arch&{\ttfamily{}framed} will box
-% the listing\\
-% remap&\LaTeX{} styling commands for tokens to
-% emphasise\\
-% annotations&comma-separated list of tokens to
-% emphasise\\[2pt]\hline
-% \end{tabular}
-% \par\endgroup
-% }
-% \item[\texttt{figure}\thinspace:]for Figures, containing a \texttt{caption} and a
-% \texttt{media} element.
-% \item[\texttt{table}\thinspace:]for Tables; the structure is explained in detail
-% in \vref{table}.
-% \item[\texttt{sidebar}\thinspace:]for sidebars.
-% \item[\texttt{warning}\thinspace:]for warnings.
-% \end{description}
-% \subsubsection{Ancillary files documented inline}\label{secfiles}
-% These are files which you want extracted at
-% installation time, which you describe
-% \emph{and} show in the user documentation
-% (the \texttt{doc} part).\par
-% \emph{Files which you want extracted which are
-% \emph{not} documented or shown in the user
-% documentation must go in the \texttt{files} part (see
-% \vref{ancfiles}).}\par
-% \subsubsection{Bibliography}\label{bibs}
-% If bibliographic citations and reference is required,
-% the references themselves must be stored in a
-% \texttt{bibliography} element immediately after the last
-% \texttt{chapter} element in \emph{either}
-% the `doc' part
-% \emph{or} the `code'
-% part. This must contain a \texttt{biblioentry} element
-% for each entry you wish to cite (for how to cite, see
-% `\textbf{\texttt{biblioref}}', the first item in the list in \vref{bibrefs}).\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language={[DocBook]XML}]
-<bibliography xreflabel="apacite" label="apacite">
- <biblioentry xml:id="tb97" xreflabel="article">
- <biblioset>
- <author>
- <personname>
- <surname>Flynn</surname>
- <firstname>Peter</firstname>
- </personname>
- </author>
- <title>Typographers' Inn</title>
- <subtitle>Where have all the flowers gone?</subtitle>
- </biblioset>
- <artpagenums>21-22</artpagenums>
- <title>TUGboat</title>
- <volumenum>31</volumenum>
- <issuenum>1</issuenum>
- <date YYYY-MM-DD="2010"/>
- </biblioentry>
-</bibliography>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The \texttt{bibliography} element
-% \textsc{must} have a \texttt{label} attribute giving the name
-% of the \BibTeX{} style file to use (without the
-% {\ttfamily{}.bst} filetype). The
-% \textsf{apacite} style is recommended.\par
-% If the specified style requires a \LaTeX{} style
-% package for formatting (often called by the same name, eg
-% \textsf{apacite}, \textsf{natbib},
-% \textsf{chicago}, etc), this
-% \textsc{must} be given in an \texttt{xreflabel} attribute (without the
-% {\ttfamily{}.sty} filetype).\par
-% There \textsc{may} also be an
-% \texttt{xlink:href} attribute giving
-% the name of the \BibTeX{} file (without the
-% {\ttfamily{}.bib} filetype) to which the
-% references should be written: the default is the name of
-% the class or package itself (as defined in `\textbf{\texttt{xml:id}}', the first item in the list in \vref{rootid}).\par
-% Each \texttt{biblioentry} element
-% \textsc{must} have both an \texttt{xml:id} attribute by which it can
-% be cited with the \texttt{biblioref} element; and a \texttt{type} attribute classifying it
-% with one of the standard \BibTeX{} document types (article,
-% book, incollection, etc)\par
-% \subsection{Inline markup (elements in mixed content)}\label{flow}
-% \par
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[\texttt{biblioref}\thinspace:]\label{bibrefs}a citation (bibliographic reference) to an item in
-% the Bibliography; the \texttt{linkend} attribute must be
-% the value of the \texttt{xml:id}
-% of a \texttt{biblioentry} element (see \vref{bibs}); this value is passed to a
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}cite} command.
-% \item[\texttt{citetitle}\thinspace:]the title of a document being mentioned; usually
-% formatted in italics or quotes; may be empty, with a \texttt{linkend} attribute pointing to
-% an entry in the Bibliography (as for
-% \texttt{biblioref}), in which case the title is
-% automatically extracted and formatted, or passed to a
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}citefield} command.
-% \item[\texttt{code}\thinspace:]a fragment of computer or data code, formatted in
-% monospace type.
-% \item[\texttt{emphasis}\thinspace:]emphasis according to style, usually italics.
-% \item[\texttt{exceptionname}\thinspace:]used for the keywords of RFC2119 in formal admonishments.
-% \item[\texttt{filename}\thinspace:]name of a file, a full filepath, or just a part of
-% the name (eg a filetype).
-% \item[\texttt{firstterm}\thinspace:]the defining instance of a specialist term; this
-% may or may not actually be the first occurrence.
-% \item[\texttt{footnote}\thinspace:]a footnote; contains a paragraph.
-% \item[\texttt{foreignphrase}\thinspace:]for foreign-language expressions; identify the
-% language with the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute if the
-% phrase is long enough to need the
-% \textsf{babel} package.
-% \item[\texttt{guibutton}\thinspace:]represents a GUI {\fboxsep2pt\ovalbox{\sffamily Button}}.
-% \item[\texttt{guilabel}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
-% {\fboxsep2pt\fbox{\sffamily Label}}.
-% \item[\texttt{guimenu}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
-% \textsf{\bfseries Menu}.
-% \item[\texttt{guimenuitem}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
-% \textsf{\itshape Menu item}.
-% \item[\texttt{guisubmenu}\thinspace:]represents a GUI
-% \textsf{Sub-menu item}.
-% \item[\texttt{literal}\thinspace:]marks a {\ttfamily{}literal string} on which
-% no interpretation is to be performed (markup characters
-% like backslashes and curly braces will
-% not be escaped; the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute can be set to
-% the name of the language (eg \texttt{"TeX"}, \texttt{"LaTeX"}, etc.
-% \item[\texttt{phrase}\thinspace:]marks a phrase used as-is (ie not a quote from
-% anyone in particular) by enclosing it in quotation marks.
-% \item[\texttt{productname}\thinspace:]marks a product or program name, eg
-% \emph{Emacs}.
-% \item[\texttt{quote}\thinspace:]marks a quote from someone by putting it in
-% quotation marks.
-% \item[\texttt{replaceable}\thinspace:]identifies text, commands, or keywords to be
-% typed, for which the user must substitute a meaningful
-% value, eg {\itshape password} (in
-% italics).
-% \item[\texttt{systemitem}\thinspace:]identifies generic computer-related strings such
-% as system commands, hostnames, Regular Expressions, etc
-% which need to be printed in monospace to eliminate any
-% confusion over 1/l/I, 0/1/I, etc.
-% \item[\texttt{type}\thinspace:]marks a span for which special typographical
-% treatment is needed. The \texttt{role} attribute must be set
-% to `font' and the \texttt{remap} attribute must be set
-% to the NFSS2e three-character
-% \textsf{fontname}.
-% \item[\texttt{uri}\thinspace:]marks a URI (formats it with the
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}url} macro).
-% \item[\texttt{wordasword}\thinspace:]marks a word that is being used as itself (usually
-% for purposes of clarification), so it goes in quotation
-% marks.
-% \item[\texttt{xref}\thinspace:]\label{xref}a cross-reference using the \texttt{linkend} attribute to point
-% at some other part of the document, which must have
-% the matching \texttt{xml:id}
-% value; the mechanism is identical to \LaTeX{}'s
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}label}\dots{}{\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}ref}.
-% \end{description}
-% In addition, there are six special-purpose element types
-% used for functional documentation, that create the special
-% \textsf{dox} package commands for adding \LaTeX{}
-% (and XML) terms to the index, and highlighting them in the
-% left-hand margin:\par
-% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[\texttt{classname}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} document class name like
-% \textsf{article}
-% \item[\texttt{command}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} or other computer command, such as
-% {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}parskip}; the backslash is added
-% automatically for the default case of \LaTeX{}; other
-% languages require the \texttt{xml:lang} attribute giving
-% the name of the language
-% \item[\texttt{envar}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} environment name like
-% \texttt{enumerate}
-% \item[\texttt{option}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} option to a class, package, or command,
-% like \textbf{\texttt{a4paper}}
-% \item[\texttt{package}\thinspace:]a \LaTeX{} package name like
-% \textsf{fancybox}
-% \item[\texttt{tag}\thinspace:]an XML element, attribute, attribute value, or
-% entity name: the type is specified in the \texttt{class} attribute and is one
-% of the predetermined list provided automatically by
-% \emph{DocBook} (so your XML editor
-% will guide you)
-% \end{description}
-% \subsection{Producing your class or package}\label{production}
-% The XSLT2 program generates a number of output files,
-% principally the {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and
-% {\ttfamily{}.ins} files which are the package or
-% class itself. A third output is a {\ttfamily{}build}
-% file, which is a \emph{bash} shell
-% script customised for the production of the class or package
-% you are writing. A fourth is the
-% {\ttfamily{}MANIFEST} file, used for zipping
-% everything up for distribution,\par
-% You should therefore keep each class or package
-% development in a separate directory, otherwise the
-% {\ttfamily{}build} file generated by one will
-% overwrite that generated by others.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=bash]
-#! /bin/bash
-#
-# Bourne shell script to build the class file and documentation
-# Note the following line is wrapped here to fit the width
-java -jar /usr/local/saxon/saxon9he.jar \
- -o:classpack.dtx classpack.xml \
- /home/peter/texmf/dev/db2dtx.xsl \
- processor=/usr/local/saxon/saxon9he.jar \
- appdir=/home/peter/texmf/dev \
- cpdir=/home/peter/texmf/dev
-yes|latex classpack.ins
-pdflatex classpack.dtx
-bibtex classpack
-awk -f /home/peter/texmf/dev/decommentbbl.awk classpack.bbl >classpack.bdc
-mv classpack.bdc classpack.bbl
-pdflatex classpack.dtx
-makeindex -s gind.ist -o classpack.ind classpack.idx
-makeindex -s gglo.ist -o classpack.gls classpack.glo
-pdflatex classpack.dtx
-echo Copying files into dev tree...
-mkdir -p doc/latex/classpack
-mkdir -p source/latex/classpack
-mkdir -p tex/latex/classpack
-cp README MANIFEST classpack.pdf doc/latex/classpack
-cp classpack.dtx classpack.ins source/latex/classpack
-cp classpack.cls tex/latex/classpack
-cp db2bibtex.xsl source/latex/classpack
-cp db2dtx.xsl source/latex/classpack
-cp db2plaintext.xsl source/latex/classpack
-cp decommentbbl.awk source/latex/classpack
-cp doctexbook.dtd source/latex/classpack
-cp lppl.xml source/latex/classpack
-cp prepost.xml source/latex/classpack
-cp readme.xml source/latex/classpack
-echo Zipping up files from dev tree...
-zip -r --exclude=*.svn* --exclude=*.DS_Store* \
- classpack-0.73.tds.zip doc/latex/classpack \
- source/latex/classpack tex/latex/classpack
-echo Installing working copy...
-unzip -o -d ~/texmf classpack-0.73.tds.zip
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Because this file will not exist the very first time you
-% process a new class or package, you will need to type that
-% first ({\ttfamily{}java}) command by
-% hand. The arguments are:\par
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item \marg{jar} the location of
-% your copy of the Saxon XSLT2 processor, a
-% {\ttfamily{}.jar} file;
-% \item \textbf{\texttt{-o:}} the name of the
-% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file you are producing;
-% \item the name of the XML file you are processing;
-% \item the full path to the DB2DTX program;
-% \item the location of your copy of the Saxon XSLT2
-% processor (again) as the
-% {\ttfamily{}processor} parameter;
-% \item the directory you use for this class or package as
-% the {\ttfamily{}appdir};
-% \item the directory where your copy of the XSLT2 program
-% is stored as the
-% {\ttfamily{}cpdir} parameter (along with the DTD,
-% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml},
-% {\ttfamily{}readme.xml},
-% {\ttfamily{}db2plaintext.xsl}, and
-% {\ttfamily{}lppl.xml} files) .
-% \end{enumerate}
-% For subsequent runs, you just type {\ttfamily{}./build} and the values and
-% parameters will be re-used automatically. If you ever need
-% to run the XSLT2 process by itself, use the command
-% \verb+grep java build | bash+\par
-% The remainder of the {\ttfamily{}build} tests
-% the extraction of the class or package, and compiles the
-% full documentation in the standard sequence, including any
-% bibliography, index, or glossary.\par
-% The use of the {\ttfamily{}decommentbbl.awk}
-% script on the \BibTeX{} output is to defeat the use of
-% terminal percent comment characters, which upset the
-% \textsf{ltxdoc} package because of the special use
-% of that character there.\par
-% The final stage is to create a Zip file of
-% the class or package, which is placed in the current working
-% directory and then unzipped into your personal \TeX{} tree.\par
-% \subsection{Maintaining your class or package}\label{maintenance}
-% The things to control each time you make an update are:\par
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item on the \texttt{book} root element, update the \texttt{version} and \texttt{revision} attributes
-% \item add a new \texttt{revision} element in the
-% Revision History, setting the \texttt{version} attribute to the
-% compound of the version and revision specified above,
-% and setting the \texttt{date} subelement's \texttt{conformance} attribute to
-% today's date in ISO format
-% \item after processing the document once, set the
-% \texttt{book} root element's \texttt{security} attribute to the
-% checksum displayed by \LaTeX{}
-% \item process the document again (run the
-% {\ttfamily{}build} script again)~--- the
-% security checksum should now match
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \clearpage
-% \section{The \emph{db2dtx} program}\label{db2dtx}
-% While the core of your class or package is the
-% \emph{DocBook} XML document, the core of
-% the \emph{classpack} system is the program
-% that turns your XML into {\ttfamily{}.dtx} and
-% {\ttfamily{}.ins} files for distribution as combined
-% code and documentation.\par
-% The \emph{db2dtx} program is written
-% in XSLT2, a declarative language for processing XML. It
-% consists of a set of templates, each of which matches a
-% pattern in the XML document, usually an element type, or an
-% element type in a particular position or with a particular
-% attribute value or subelement.\par
-% For example, there is a template which matches the
-% \texttt{biblioref} element whenever it occurs. This puts three
-% things into the output:\par
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item the command \verb|\cite{| with its
-% opening curly brace;
-% \item the value of the link to the bibliographic
-% entry;
-% \item the closing \verb|}| curly
-% brace.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
-<xsl:template match="db:biblioref">
- <xsl:text>\cite{</xsl:text>
- <xsl:value-of select="@linkend"/>
- <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% The advantage of using a declarative language is that you
-% don't need to know when and where each element will occur:
-% XSLT2 will find them as they come up in processing, and apply
-% the template when it happens. It's basically a case of
-% `when you see one of \emph{these}, do
-% \emph{this}'.\par
-% The next few sections of this document describe each part
-% of the program and how it produces your class or package
-% files.\par
-% \subsection{XML Declaration and Namespace declarations}
-% The program starts in the usual way with the XML
-% Declaration and the \texttt{xsl:stylesheet} start-tag with
-% the Namespace declarations.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
- xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
- version="2.0">
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% Note that this is an XSLT2 program and requires an XSLT2
-% processor.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
- <!-- db2dtx.xsl
- XSL script to transform DocBook5 documentation and code of a
- LaTeX package or class file into a DocTeX (.dtx and .ins)
- distribution.
- Full processing command chain is output to file 'build'
- Note this requires an XSLT2 processor (eg Saxon9 or above)
- -->
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% We identify the version of the program, output methods,
-% parameters, and the single \texttt{xsl:include} file: the
-% {\ttfamily{}db2bibtex.xsl} module for handling
-% bibliographic formatting.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*ignore>
-% \fi
-\begin{lstlisting}[language=XSLT]
- <xsl:variable name="thisversion">
- <xsl:text>14.7</xsl:text>
- </xsl:variable>
-
- <xsl:output method="text"/>
- <xsl:output method="text" name="textFormat"/>
-
- <xsl:include href="db2bibtex.xsl"/>
- <xsl:include href="db2plaintext.xsl"/>
-\end{lstlisting}
-% \iffalse
-%</ignore>
-% \fi
-% This is incomplete: the remainder of the program is not
-% yet included here.\par
-% \StopEventually{\label{endcode}
+% \raggedright
+% \RaggedRight\markboth{\refname}{\refname}\printbibliography[heading=shortbib]
+% \StopEventually{\label{endcode}%
% \clearpage
-% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
-% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}
-% \label{}
+% \newgeometry{left=3cm}%
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Change History}%
+% \label{changehistory}%
% \PrintChanges
% \clearpage
-% \label{codeindex}
-% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
+% \label{codeindex}%
+% \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}%
% \PrintIndex}
-% \setlength{\revmarg}{1in}
-% \addtolength{\revmarg}{\widthof{\MacroFont{IndexColumns}}}
-% \newgeometry{left=\revmarg}
+% \addtolength{\CPKrevmarg}{\widthof{\LabelFont{descriptionlabel}}}
+% \newgeometry{left=\CPKrevmarg}
+% \message{Margin reset to \the\CPKrevmarg, to fit <descriptionlabel>}
% \iffalse
%<*package>
% \fi
% \clearpage
-% \section{Service commands}
-% \iffalse
+% \section{The \textsf{classpack} macros and
+% settings}\label{pkgmacros}
+% \subsection{Auto-initialisation}\label{pkgmacros:autoinit}
+% This section is added automatically by \textit{ClassPack}
+% as a preamble to all classes and style packages.
+% The \textsf{fixltx2e} package, which used to be included
+% automatically, is no longer preloaded, as its
+% features are now a part of the latest \LaTeXe\ kernel.\par
+% The code starts with identity and requirements which are
+% generated automatically as needed by the Doc\TeX\ system.
+% For details see the \textsf{ltxdoc} package documentation.
+% \par\smallskip
+% \begingroup\color{DarkRed}\tabcolsep3pt\footnotesize
+% \begin{tabular}{>{\refstepcounter{CodelineNo}\tiny\theCodelineNo}r@{\enspace}l}
+% &\verb`\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2015/01/01]`\\
+% &\verb`\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2020/05/19 v1.19`\\
+% &\verb` Macros for ClassPack documentation]`
+% \end{tabular}\endgroup
+% \setcounter{CodelineNo}{3}
+%\iffalse
+%%
+%% Packages required for the class or package
%%
-%% SERVICE COMMANDS
% \fi
-% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package
-% \emph{per se}, there is no operating
-% code.\par
+% \subsection{Packages required for the package}\label{stypackages}
+% \begin{CPK at package}{graphicx}
+% Provide for graphics (PNG, JPG, or PDF format (only) for
+% pdflatex; EPS format (only) for standard \LaTeX{}).
% \iffalse
-%%
-%% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package per se, there
-%% is no operating code.
+%% Provide for graphics (PNG, JPG, or PDF format (only) for pdflatex; EPS format (only) for standard \LaTeX{}).
% \fi
-% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used
-% in documentation which should be expected by authors of
-% classes and packages using ClassPack.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at package}
+% \begin{CPK at package}{array}
+% Additional column formatting types for tables.
% \iffalse
-%%
-%% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used in
-%% documentation which should be expected by authors of classes and
-%% packages using ClassPack.
+%% Additional column formatting types for tables.
% \fi
-% This section therefore implements
-% {\ttfamily{}classpack.sty}, which gets invoked
-% automatically via its entry in
-% {\ttfamily{}prepost.xml}.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{array}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at package}
+% \begin{CPK at package}{url}
+% Handling of URI formatting.
% \iffalse
-%%
-%% This section therefore implements classpack.sty, which gets invoked
-%% automatically via its entry in prepost.xml.
+%% Handling of URI formatting.
% \fi
-% \begin{counter}{IndexColumns}
-% The \textsf{doctex} package uses a default
-% three-column index, which is too narrow for most purposes. We
-% therefore make the index in two columns, and space them
-% slightly farther apart.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{url}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at package}
+% \begin{CPK at package}{marginnote}
+% Adds more flexibiltiy to marginal notes.
% \iffalse
-%%
-%% The doctex package uses a default three-column index, which is too
-%% narrow for most purposes. We therefore make the index in two columns,
-%% and space them slightly farther apart.
+%% Adds more flexibiltiy to marginal notes.
% \fi
% \begin{macrocode}
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-\setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
+\RequirePackage[fulladjust]{marginnote}%
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{counter}
-% \subsection{\TeX{} and other logos}
+% \end{CPK at package}
+%
+% \subsection{Index settings}\label{index}
% \iffalse
%%
-%% 1 TeX and other logos
-% \fi
-% \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} are defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel, but
-% most of the others are not. The following definitions are
-% taken from the \textsf{ltugboat} package, used for
-% typesetting the TUGboat journal.\par
-% \iffalse
+%% ******************************************************************
%%
-%% TeX and LaTeX are defined in the LaTeX kernel, but most of the others
-%% are not. The following definitions are taken from the ltugboat
-%% package, used for typesetting the TUGboat journal.
+%% Index settings
% \fi
-% \begin{macro}{\ConTeXt}
-% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant
-% to provide users easy and consistent access to advanced
-% typographical control \cite{wp-context}.\par
+% \begin{CPK at counter}{IndexColumns}\label{counter--IndexColumns}
+% The \textsf{doctex} package uses a default
+% three-column index for the documentation, which is too
+% narrow for most purposes. We therefore make the index in
+% two columns, and space them slightly farther apart. We
+% test first for the existence of the counter, in case this
+% gets used in a document other than a
+% {\ttfamily{}.dtx} file. No such test is needed for
+% \DescribeLength{columnsep}{\ttfamily{}columnsep} because it is
+% defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{c at IndexColumns}{}{\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}}
+\setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at counter}
+% \subsection{Annotation settings}\label{annset}
% \iffalse
%%
-%% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant to provide
-%% users easy and consistent access to advanced typographical control (,
-%% ).
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Annotation settings
% \fi
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\MacroFont}\label{macro--MacroFont}
+% The \textsf{doc} and \textsf{docx}
+% packages use the {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}MacroFont} command for
+% the marginal labelling of code annotation. We redefine it
+% here to add the colour DarkBlue (from the
+% \textbf{\texttt{svgnames}} option to the
+% \textsf{xcolor} package).\par
% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt}
+\def\MacroFont{\fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \ttfamily\fontseries{m}\fontshape\updefault
+ \small\selectfont\color{DarkBlue}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \iffalse
-%</package>
-% \fi
-% \clearpage
-% \raggedright
-% \bibliography{classpack}
-% \bibliographystyle{apacite}
-% \begin{VerbatimOut}{classpack.bib}
-%<*ignore>
- at article{wp-context,
-author = {Anon},
-shortauthor = {Anon},
-title = {{\ConTeXt{}}},
-journal = {{Wikipedia}},
-url = {http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ConTeXt},
-lastchecked = {27 March 2013}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at length}{\CPKrevmarg}\label{length--CPKrevmarg}
+% The default margin width is often not wide enough for
+% long macro names, so in the {\smaller XSLT3} code
+% in {\ttfamily{}db2dtx.xsl} we find the widest name
+% and add any excess over 25mm to the margin width. Here we
+% define and set the width parameter for this, which will get
+% reset later when calculated. The name has no at-sign, as
+% it operates in user mode.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\CPKrevmarg}
+\setlength{\CPKrevmarg}{25mm}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at length}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\CPKrunningecho}\label{macro--CPKrunningecho}
+% This allows alignment of the current annotation name
+% (from \texttt{@xreflabel}) as a
+% reminder in a marginal note in a fake subheading
+% implemented by a \texttt{bridgehead} element. Again, no
+% at-sign for a user-mode command.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\CPKrunningecho}[1]{\leavevmode
+ \marginnote[\sloppy\raggedleft\color{LightGrey}\hspace{0pt}#1]%
+ {\sloppy\raggedright\color{LightGrey}\hspace{0pt}#1}%
}
-%</ignore>
-% \end{VerbatimOut}
-% \appendix
+\let\marginfont\ttfamily
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \subsection{Table of Contents}
% \iffalse
-%<*savedtd>
-% \fi
-% \clearpage
-% \section{The XML vocabulary}\label{savedtd}
-% \iffalse
%%
-%% The XML vocabulary
-% \fi
-% There are currently no changes to the
-% \emph{DocBook} element structure.\par
-% \iffalse
+%% ******************************************************************
%%
-%% There are currently no changes to the DocBook element structure.
+%% Table of Contents
% \fi
-% \begin{dtd}{book}
-% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity
-% declarations to ease the transformation to \LaTeX{}.\par
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\l at subsection}\label{macro--l at subsection}
+% Documentation can sometimes have more than nine
+% subdivisions in sections, subsections, etc, and over 99
+% pages; and the default widths in the ToC are too narrow
+% for this, so we widen the space for the subsection number
+% by 0.4em:\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*\l at subsection{%
+ \@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\l at subsubsection}\label{macro--l at subsubsection}
+% Similarly we increase the subsection number space by
+% 0.4em, and its margin, so they align:\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*\l at subsubsection{%
+ \@dottedtocline{3}{4.2em}{3.6em}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\@pnumwidth}\label{macro-- at pnumwidth}
+% The page number width is set to 3em instead of 1.55em:\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@pnumwidth}{3em}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\@tocrmarg}\label{macro-- at tocrmarg}
+% And the right margin space goes up from 2.55em to 3em;
+% the addition of 1fil makes the section titles typeset
+% raggedright, so that hyphenation will not occur.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{4em plus1fil}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \subsection{Lower-level sectioning}
% \iffalse
%%
-%% The DTD is a driver implementing a number of entity declarations to
-%% ease the transformation to LaTeX.
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Lower-level sectioning
% \fi
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\subsubsection}\label{macro--subsubsection}
+% The {\ttfamily{}\textbackslash{}subsubsection} command is used
+% in bridgehead mode, so needs less space above and
+% below.\par
% \begin{macrocode}
-<!ENTITY % db5dtd SYSTEM "/dtds/docbook/docbook-5.0/dtd/docbook.dtd">
-<!ATTLIST date YYYY-MM-DD CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ATTLIST blockquote units CDATA #IMPLIED
- begin CDATA #IMPLIED
- end CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ATTLIST quote units CDATA #IMPLIED
- begin CDATA #IMPLIED
- end CDATA #IMPLIED>
-<!ELEMENT html:form EMPTY>
-<!ENTITY ampers "\&">
-<!ENTITY BiBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY BibTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY BIBTeX "\BibTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY ConTeXt "\ConTeXt{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX "\LaTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LaTeX2e "\LaTeXe{}">
-<!ENTITY XeTeX "\XeTeX{}">
-<!ENTITY LyX "\LyX{}">
-<!ENTITY METAFONT "\MF{}">
-<!ENTITY METAPOST "\MP{}">
-<!ENTITY TeX "\TeX{}">
-<!ENTITY bsol "{\texttt{\textbackslash}}">
-<!ENTITY date "\filedate{}">
-<!ENTITY degree "\textdegree{}">
-<!ENTITY doctype "\classorpackage{}">
-<!ENTITY filler "\hfil{}">
-<!ENTITY frac12 "\nicefrac12">
-<!ENTITY frac13 "\nicefrac13">
-<!ENTITY frac23 "\nicefrac23">
-<!ENTITY hellip "\dots{}">
-<!ENTITY mdash "~--- ">
-<!ENTITY mldr "\dotfill{}">
-<!ENTITY nbsp "~">
-<!ENTITY ndash "--">
-<!ENTITY percnt "\%">
-<!ENTITY square "\raisebox{-1pt}{\Square}">
-<!ENTITY thinsp "\thinspace{}">
-<!ENTITY times "×">
-<!ENTITY specialUuml '{\normalfont\"{\fontfamily{cdr}\selectfont U}}'>
-<!ENTITY verbar "\menusep{}">
-<!ENTITY version "\fileversion{}">
-<!-- call the main DTD --> %db5dtd;
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-1ex\@plus -.25ex \@minus -.25ex}%
+ {1ex \@plus .25ex}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}
% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{dtd}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \subsection{Appendix settings}
% \iffalse
-%</savedtd>
-% \fi
-% \iffalse
-%<*lxp>
-% \fi
-% \clearpage
-% \section{Reusable XML}\label{lxp}
-% \iffalse
%%
-%% Reusable XML
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Appendix settings
% \fi
-% In the last item in the list in \vref{xmltools}, I said that one of the
-% benefits of using XML for software generation and
-% documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here are a
-% couple of simple examples.\par
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\appendix}\label{macro--appendix}
+% Change the way the appendix command works so that
+% appendixes get section-type styling in documentation.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
+ \gdef\thesection{\@Alph\c at section}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \subsection{\TeX{} and other logos}
% \iffalse
%%
-%% In , I said that one of the benefits of using XML for software
-%% generation and documentation was the re-usability of the data. Here
-%% are a couple of simple examples.
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% TeX and other logos
% \fi
+% \TeX{} and \LaTeX{} are defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel, but
+% most of the others are not. The following definitions are
+% taken from the \textsf{ltugboat} package, used for
+% typesetting the TUGboat journal.\par
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\ConTeXt}\label{macro--ConTeXt}
+% Con\TeX t{} is a typography and typesetting system meant
+% to provide users easy and consistent access to advanced
+% typographical control \parencite{wp-context}.\par
% \begin{macrocode}
-$ lxprintf -e productname "%s\n" . classpack.xml |\
- sort | uniq -c | sort -k 1nr
+\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX
+ \kern-.0333emt}
% \end{macrocode}
-% Checking that all element types have been described!\par
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\tubreflect}\label{macro--tubreflect}
+% Borrow the reflection code from TUGboat.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tubreflect#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+ \PackageError{classpack}%
+ {A graphics package must be loaded for \string\XeTeX}%
+ {Add the graphicx package to your Preamble}%
+ }{% otherwise OK
+ \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+ \raise 1.75ex \hbox{\kern.1em
+ \rotatebox{180}{#1}}\kern-.1em
+ \else
+ \reflectbox{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\tubhideheight}\label{macro--tubhideheight}
+% Borrow the method of hiding the height from TUGboat
+% as well.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\tubhideheight#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ \ht0=0pt \dp0=0pt \box0 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\XeTeX}\label{macro--XeTeX}
+% Define \XeTeX{} and \XeLaTeX{}.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Xe[1]{\leavevmode
+ \tubhideheight{\hbox{X%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\TeX}\setbox1=\hbox{E}%
+ \lower\dp0\hbox{\raise\dp1\hbox{%
+ \kern-.125em\tubreflect{E}}}%
+ \kern-.1667em #1}}}
+\def\XeTeX{\Xe\TeX}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\XeLaTeX}\label{macro--XeLaTeX}
+% Define \XeLaTeX{} using the existing macros.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\XeLaTeX{\Xe{\,\LaTeX}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\SMC}\label{macro--SMC}
+% Define a new small caps for use in \BibTeX{}, and an
+% error message to go with it (from the
+% \textsf{ltugboat} package).\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\SMC{%
+ \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\small\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\small\footnotesize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize\scriptsize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\large\normalsize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\Large\large\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\LARGE\Large\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize\tiny\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\tiny\tiny\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\huge\LARGE\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\Huge\huge\else
+ \small\SMC at unknown@warning
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+}
+\newcommand\SMC at unknown@warning{\PackageError{classpack}%
+ {\string\SMC: nonstandard text font size command -- using
+ \string\small}%
+ {Check the font size or scaling for \the\@currsize}}
+\newcommand\textSMC[1]{{\SMC #1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\BIBTeX}\label{macro--BIBTeX}
+% Finally, define \BibTeX{} in various forms.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\Bib{%
+ \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+ B{\SMC\SMC IB}%
+ \else
+ \textsc{Bib}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\BibTeX{\Bib\kern-.08em \TeX}
+\let\BiBTeX\BibTeX
+\let\BIBTeX\BibTeX
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \par\begingroup
+% \fboxsep1em\centering
+% \fbox{\begin{minipage}{0.8\columnwidth}\sffamily
+% \raggedright\parindent0pt
+% \parskip=.5\baselineskip
+% \subsubsection*{\sffamily The \textsf{flexlogo} package}
+% The \textsf{flexlogo} package (under
+% development) will make this section obsolete, as it allows
+% for the complete redefining of the \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}, and
+% related logos for non-CM fonts.\par
+% \end{minipage}}\par\endgroup
+% \subsection{Formatting additions}
% \iffalse
%%
-%% Checking that all element types have been described!
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Formatting additions
% \fi
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\CPKvstrut}\label{macro--CPKvstrut}
+% Define a strut that adjusts to the size of type, for
+% use in spacing table headers and footers.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\CPKvstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\CPKmenusep}\label{macro--CPKmenusep}
+% Define a macro to format an arrow between documentary
+% menu items. Probably no longer needed now that the
+% \textsf{menukeys} package is available\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\CPKmenusep{\thinspace$\rightarrow$\thinspace\allowbreak}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\CPKprestrut}\label{macro--CPKprestrut}
+% Also a strut to precede paragraph cells\dots{}\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\CPKprestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\CPKpoststrut}\label{macro--CPKpoststrut}
+% \dots{}and one to follow them.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\CPKpoststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\hyphenation}\label{macro--hyphenation}
+% Add some hyphenation oddities.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\hyphenation{ele-ment ele-ments attri-bute attri-butes
+ docu-ment docu-ments primi-tive helico-pter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at macro}{\descriptionlabel}\label{macro--descriptionlabel}
+% Fix the broken description environment item
+% label. This also gets fixed in the
+% \textsf{enumitem} package so it will probably go
+% from here next version.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\sffamily\bfseries #1}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at macro}
+% \begin{CPK at counter}{CPKcoref}\label{counter--CPKcoref}
+% Add the counter to enable the use of \texttt{coref}
+% list counters.\par
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{CPKcoref}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{CPK at counter}
% \iffalse
-%</lxp>
+%</package>
% \fi
+% \appendix
% \newgeometry{left=3cm}
% \clearpage
-% \section{The \LaTeX{} Project Public License}\label{LPPL:LPPL}
-% \begin{quotation}\small\noindent
+% \section{The \LaTeX{} Project Public License (v\thinspace{}1.3c)}\label{LPPL}
+% \begin{quotation}\small\sffamily\parindent0pt
+% \parskip.5\baselineskip
+% \color{DarkBlue}\noindent
% Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
-% license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+% license document, but modification of it is not allowed.\par
% \end{quotation}
-% \subsection{Preamble}\label{LPPL:Preamble}
-% The \LaTeX{} Project Public License ({\small LPPL})
+% \subsection{Preamble}\label{Preamble}
+% The \LaTeX{} Project Public License ({\smaller LPPL})
% is the primary license under which the \LaTeX{} kernel and the
% base \LaTeX{} packages are distributed.\par
% You may use this license for any work of which you hold the
@@ -2625,8 +1099,8 @@
% particularly suitable if your work is \TeX{}-related (such as a
% \LaTeX{} package), but it is written in such a way that you can
% use it even if your work is unrelated to \TeX{}.\par
-% The section \emph{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
-% License}, below, gives instructions, examples, and
+% The section “Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
+% License”, below, gives instructions, examples, and
% recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
% their works under this license.\par
% This license gives conditions under which a work may be
@@ -2640,27 +1114,27 @@
% goal while meeting these conditions, then read the document
% {\ttfamily{}cfgguide.tex} and {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} in the base \LaTeX{}
% distribution for suggestions.\par
-% \subsection{Definitions}\label{LPPL:Definitions}
+% \subsection{Definitions}\label{Definitions}
% In this license document the following terms are used:\par
% \begin{description}[style=unboxed]
-% \item[Work\thinspace:]Any work being distributed under this License.
+% \item[Work\thinspace:]Any work being distributed under this License.\par
% \item[Derived Work\thinspace:]Any work that under any applicable law is derived from
-% the Work.
+% the Work.\par
% \item[Modification\thinspace:]Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
% applicable law~--- for example, the production of a file
% containing an original file associated with the Work or a
% significant portion of such a file, either verbatim or
% with modifications and/or translated into another
-% language.
+% language.\par
% \item[Modify\thinspace:]To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work
-% under any applicable law.
+% under any applicable law.\par
% \item[Distribution\thinspace:]Making copies of the Work available from one person to
% another, in whole or in part. Distribution includes (but
% is not limited to) making any electronic components of the
% Work accessible by file transfer protocols such as
-% {\small FTP} or {\small HTTP} or by
+% {\smaller FTP} or {\smaller HTTP} or by
% shared file systems such as Sun's Network File System
-% ({\small NFS}).
+% ({\smaller NFS}).\par
% \item[Compiled Work\thinspace:]A version of the Work that has been processed into a
% form where it is directly usable on a computer system.
% This processing may include using installation facilities
@@ -2667,11 +1141,11 @@
% provided by the Work, transformations of the Work, copying
% of components of the Work, or other activities. Note that
% modification of any installation facilities provided by
-% the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+% the Work constitutes modification of the Work.\par
% \item[Current Maintainer\thinspace:]A person or persons nominated as such within the Work.
% If there is no such explicit nomination then it is the
% `Copyright Holder' under any applicable
-% law.
+% law.\par
% \item[Base Interpreter\thinspace:]A program or process that is normally needed for
% running or interpreting a part or the whole of the
% Work.\par
@@ -2683,45 +1157,45 @@
% Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
% `\LaTeX{}-Format' or in the case of files
% belonging to the `\LaTeX{}-format' a program
-% implementing the `\TeX{} language'.
+% implementing the `\TeX{} language'.\par
% \end{description}
-% \subsection{Conditions on Distribution and Modification}\label{LPPL:Conditions}
+% \subsection{Conditions on Distribution and Modification}\label{Conditions}
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Activities other than distribution and/or modification
% of the Work are not covered by this license; they are
% outside its scope. In particular, the act of running the
% Work is not restricted and no requirements are made
-% concerning any offers of support for the Work.
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:distribute}You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the
+% concerning any offers of support for the Work.\par
+% \item \label{item-distribute}You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the
% Work as you received it. Distribution of only part of the
% Work is considered modification of the Work, and no right to
% distribute such a Derived Work may be assumed under the
-% terms of this clause.
+% terms of this clause.\par
% \item You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been
% generated from a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as
-% distributed under Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:distribute} above above, as
+% distributed under Clause~item~\ref{item-distribute} above above, as
% long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
% the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system
% exactly as it would have been installed if they generated a
-% Compiled Work directly from the Work.
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:currmaint}If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may,
+% Compiled Work directly from the Work.\par
+% \item \label{item-currmaint}If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may,
% without restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a
% Derived Work. You may also distribute the Derived Work
% without restriction, including Compiled Works generated from
% the Derived Work. Derived Works distributed in this manner
% by the Current Maintainer are considered to be updated
-% versions of the Work.
+% versions of the Work.\par
% \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
% may modify your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived
% Work based on the Work, and compile this Derived Work, thus
-% creating a Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:conditions}If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
+% creating a Compiled Work based on the Derived Work.\par
+% \item \label{item-conditions}If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
% may distribute a Derived Work provided the following
% conditions are met for every component of the Work unless
% that component clearly states in the copyright notice that
% it is exempt from that condition. Only the Current
% Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption to
-% a component of the Work.
+% a component of the Work.\par
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct
% replacement for a component of the Work when that
@@ -2731,13 +1205,13 @@
% Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived
% Work clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a
% modified version of this component to the user when used
-% interactively with that Base Interpreter.
+% interactively with that Base Interpreter.\par
% \item Every component of the Derived Work contains
% prominent notices detailing the nature of the changes to
% that component, or a prominent reference to another file
% that is distributed as part of the Derived Work and that
% contains a complete and accurate log of the
-% changes.
+% changes.\par
% \item No information in the Derived Work implies that any
% persons, including (but not limited to) the authors of
% the original version of the Work, provide any support,
@@ -2744,9 +1218,9 @@
% including (but not limited to) the reporting and
% handling of errors, to recipients of the Derived Work
% unless those persons have stated explicitly that they do
-% provide such support for the Derived Work.
+% provide such support for the Derived Work.\par
% \item You distribute at least one of the following with
-% the Derived Work:
+% the Derived Work:\par
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item A complete, unmodified copy of the Work; if your
% distribution of a modified component is made by
@@ -2755,9 +1229,9 @@
% to copy the Work from the same or some similar place
% meets this condition, even though third parties are
% not compelled to copy the Work along with the
-% modified component;
+% modified component;\par
% \item Information that is sufficient to obtain a
-% complete, unmodified copy of the Work.
+% complete, unmodified copy of the Work.\par
% \end{enumerate}
% \end{enumerate}
% \item If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you
@@ -2764,41 +1238,41 @@
% may distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived
% Work, as long as the Derived Work is distributed to all
% recipients of the Compiled Work, and as long as the
-% conditions of Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above, above, are met
-% with regard to the Derived Work.
+% conditions of Clause~item~\ref{item-conditions} above, above, are met
+% with regard to the Derived Work.\par
% \item The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and
% hence do not apply to, the modification, by any method, of
% any component so that it becomes identical to an updated
% version of that component of the Work as it is distributed
-% by the Current Maintainer under Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:currmaint} above, above.
+% by the Current Maintainer under Clause~item~\ref{item-currmaint} above, above.\par
% \item Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an
% alternative format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in
% whole or in part) is then produced by applying some process
% to that format, does not relax or nullify any sections of
% this license as they pertain to the results of applying that
-% process.
+% process.\par
% \item % \begin{enumerate}
% \item A Derived Work may be distributed under a different
% license provided that license itself honors the
-% conditions listed in Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above above, in
+% conditions listed in Clause~item~\ref{item-conditions} in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{item-conditions} above, in
% regard to the Work, though it does not have to honor the
-% rest of the conditions in this license.
+% rest of the conditions in this license.\par
% \item If a Derived Work is distributed under a different
% license, that Derived Work must provide sufficient
% documentation as part of itself to allow each recipient
% of that Derived Work to honor the restrictions in
-% Clause~item~\ref{LPPL:item:conditions} above above, concerning
-% changes from the Work.
+% Clause~item~\ref{item-conditions} in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{item-conditions} above, concerning
+% changes from the Work.\par
% \end{enumerate}
% \item This license places no restrictions on works that are
% unrelated to the Work, nor does this license place any
% restrictions on aggregating such works with the Work by any
-% means.
+% means.\par
% \item Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used
% to, prevent complete compliance by all parties with all
-% applicable laws.
+% applicable laws.\par
% \end{enumerate}
-% \subsection{No Warranty}\label{LPPL:Warranty}
+% \subsection{No Warranty}\label{Warranty}
% There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise
% stated in writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work
% `as is', without warranty of any kind, either
@@ -2820,7 +1294,7 @@
% operate with any other programs), even if the Copyright Holder
% or said author or said other party has been advised of the
% possibility of such damages.\par
-% \subsection{Maintenance of The Work}\label{LPPL:Maintenance}
+% \subsection{Maintenance of The Work}\label{Maintenance}
% The Work has the status `author-maintained'
% if the Copyright Holder explicitly and prominently states near
% the primary copyright notice in the Work that the Work can only
@@ -2846,60 +1320,60 @@
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current
% Maintainer (and the Copyright Holder, if the two differ)
-% through the means of an Internet or similar search.
+% through the means of an Internet or similar search.\par
% \item If this search is successful, then enquire whether the
-% Work is still maintained.
+% Work is still maintained.\par
% \begin{enumerate}
% \item If it is being maintained, then ask the Current
% Maintainer to update their communication data within one
-% month.
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:intention}If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume
+% month.\par
+% \item \label{item-intention}If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume
% active maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer,
% then announce within the pertinent community your
% intention to take over maintenance. (If the Work is a
% \LaTeX{} work, this could be done, for example, by
-% posting to \url{news:comp.text.tex}.)
+% posting to \url{news:comp.text.tex}.)\par
% \end{enumerate}
% \item % \begin{enumerate}
% \item If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to
% pass maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes
-% effect immediately upon announcement.
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:announce}If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the
+% effect immediately upon announcement.\par
+% \item \label{item-announce}If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the
% Copyright Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be
% passed to you, then this takes effect immediately upon
-% announcement.
+% announcement.\par
% \end{enumerate}
-% \item \label{LPPL:item:change}If you make an `intention announcement'
-% as described in~item~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above above and after three
+% \item \label{item-change}If you make an `intention announcement'
+% as described in~item~\ref{item-intention} in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{item-intention} above and after three
% months your intention is challenged neither by the Current
% Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other people,
% then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as to
-% name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+% name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.\par
% \item If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
% reachable once more within three months of a change
-% completed under the terms of~item~\ref{LPPL:item:announce} above
-% or~item~\ref{LPPL:item:change} above, then that
+% completed under the terms of~item~\ref{item-announce} in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{item-announce}
+% or~item~\ref{item-change} above, then that
% Current
% Maintainer must become or remain the Current Maintainer upon
% request provided they then update their communication data
-% within one month.
+% within one month.\par
% \end{enumerate}
% A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself,
% alter the fact that the Work is distributed under the
-% {\small LPPL} license.\par
+% {\smaller LPPL} license.\par
% If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
% immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and
% unambiguous statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You
% should also announce your new status to the same pertinent
-% community as in~item~\ref{LPPL:item:intention} above
+% community as in~item~\ref{item-intention} in the list on p.\thinspace\pageref{item-intention}
% above.\par
% \subsection{Whether and How to Distribute Works under This
-% License}\label{LPPL:Distribute}
+% License}\label{Distribute}
% This section contains important instructions, examples, and
% recommendations for authors who are considering distributing
% their works under this license. These authors are addressed as
% `you' in this section.\par
-% \subsubsection{Choosing This License or Another License}\label{LPPL:Choosing}
+% \subsubsection{Choosing This License or Another License}\label{Choosing}
% If for any part of your work you want or need to use
% \emph{distribution} conditions that differ
% significantly from those in this license, then do not refer to
@@ -2906,20 +1380,20 @@
% this license anywhere in your work but, instead, distribute
% your work under a different license. You may use the text of
% this license as a model for your own license, but your license
-% should not refer to the {\small LPPL} or otherwise
+% should not refer to the {\smaller LPPL} or otherwise
% give the impression that your work is distributed under the
-% {\small LPPL}.\par
+% {\smaller LPPL}.\par
% The document {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} in the base \LaTeX{}
% distribution explains the motivation behind the conditions of
% this license. It explains, for example, why distributing
-% \LaTeX{} under the {\small GNU} General Public
-% License ({\small GPL}) was considered inappropriate.
+% \LaTeX{} under the {\smaller GNU} General Public
+% License ({\smaller GPL}) was considered inappropriate.
% Even if your work is unrelated to \LaTeX{}, the discussion in
% {\ttfamily{}modguide.tex} may still be
% relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works
% under any license are encouraged to read it.\par
% \subsubsection{A Recommendation on Modification Without
-% Distribution}\label{LPPL:WithoutDistribution}
+% Distribution}\label{WithoutDistribution}
% It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even
% for your own personal use, without also meeting the above
% conditions for distributing the modified component. While you
@@ -2934,7 +1408,7 @@
% of the Work identical with the public one. Many works provide
% ways to control the behavior of that work without altering any
% of its licensed components.\par
-% \subsubsection{How to Use This License}\label{LPPL:HowTo}
+% \subsubsection{How to Use This License}\label{HowTo}
% To use this license, place in each of the components of
% your work both an explicit copyright notice including your
% name and the year the work was authored and/or last
@@ -2978,7 +1452,7 @@
% referring to the person
% M.~Y.~Name\index{!}.\par
% If you do not want the Maintenance section of
-% {\small LPPL} to apply to your Work, change
+% {\smaller LPPL} to apply to your Work, change
% `maintained' above into
% `author-maintained'. However, we recommend that
% you use `maintained' as the Maintenance
@@ -2985,8 +1459,8 @@
% section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains
% useful to the community even when you can no longer maintain
% and support it yourself.\par
-% \subsubsection{Derived Works That Are Not Replacements}\label{LPPL:NotReplacements}
-% Several clauses of the {\small LPPL} specify
+% \subsubsection{Derived Works That Are Not Replacements}\label{NotReplacements}
+% Several clauses of the {\smaller LPPL} specify
% means to provide reliability and stability for the user
% community. They therefore concern themselves with the case
% that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a (compatible or
@@ -2994,9 +1468,9 @@
% the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
% completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not
% apply.\par
-% \subsubsection{Important Recommendations}\label{LPPL:Recommendations}
-% \paragraph{Defining What Constitutes the Work}
-% The {\small LPPL} requires that distributions
+% \subsubsection{Important Recommendations}\label{Recommendations}
+% \paragraph[Defining What Constitutes the Work]{Defining What Constitutes the Work :}
+% The {\smaller LPPL} requires that distributions
% of the Work contain all the files of the Work. It is
% therefore important that you provide a way for the licensee
% to determine which files constitute the Work. This could,
@@ -3017,12 +1491,5 @@
% considered by you to comprise the Work and, in such a case,
% the licensee would be entitled to make reasonable
% conjectures as to which files comprise the Work.\par
-% \iffalse
-%<*testscript>
-# This is a test script
-echo Hello, World!
-
-%</testscript>
-% \fi
% \Finale
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/support/classpack/classpack.ins 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-%% Extracted from classpack.xml
-% classpack.ins is copyright © 2012-2013 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+% Transformed from classpack.xml by ClassPack db2dtx.xsl
+% version 1.19 (2020-05-19) on Wednesday 20 May 2020 at 14:32:36
%
+% classpack.ins is copyright © 2012-2020 by Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
+%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
@@ -11,32 +13,44 @@
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of
% LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
%
-% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status ‘maintained’.
%
% The current maintainer of this work is Peter Flynn <peter at silmaril.ie>
%
% This work consists of the files classpack.dtx and classpack.ins,
-% the derived file classpack.sty, and any ancillary files listed
-% in the MANIFEST.
+% the derived file
+% and any other ancillary files listed in the MANIFEST.
%
\input docstrip.tex
\keepsilent
\usedir{tex/latex/classpack}
\preamble
+
+This is a generated file.
+
+Copyright © 2009– by Silmaril Consultants
+
This file was generated from an XML master source.
Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
+
\endpreamble
-\generate{\file{classpack.sty}{\from{classpack.dtx}{package}}%
- \file{doctexbook.dtd}{\from{classpack.dtx}{savedtd}}%
- \file{getgis.sh}{\from{classpack.dtx}{lxp}}%
- \usepreamble\empty\usepostamble\empty
- \file{test.sh}{\from{classpack.dtx}{testscript}}%
+\generate{\file{classpack.sty}{\from{classpack.dtx}{package}}
}
\obeyspaces
\Msg{********************************************************}
\Msg{** **}
-\Msg{** Read the documentation before using this package. **}
+\Msg{** Read the documentation before using this package. **}
\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** To finish the installation you have to move the **}
+\Msg{** following file into a directory searched by TeX: **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** To produce the documentation run the file **}
+\Msg{** classpack.dtx through XeLaTeX and biber **}
+\Msg{** **}
+\Msg{** Happy LaTeXing! **}
+\Msg{** **}
\Msg{********************************************************}
\endbatchfile
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty 2020-05-20 17:00:00 UTC (rev 55217)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/classpack/classpack.sty 2020-05-20 21:38:45 UTC (rev 55218)
@@ -5,41 +5,148 @@
%% The original source files were:
%%
%% classpack.dtx (with options: `package')
+%%
+%% This is a generated file.
+%%
+%% Copyright © 2009– by Silmaril Consultants
+%%
%% This file was generated from an XML master source.
%% Amendments and corrections should be notified to the
%% maintainer for inclusion in future versions.
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2011/06/27]
-\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2013/05/28 v0.77
- XML mastering for LaTeX classes and packages]
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2015/01/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{classpack}[2020/05/19 v1.19
+ Macros for ClassPack documentation]
%%
-%% SERVICE COMMANDS
+%% Packages required for the class or package
%%
-%% As ClassPack itself is not a document class or package per se, there
-%% is no operating code.
+%% Provide for graphics (PNG, JPG, or PDF format (only) for pdflatex; EPS format (only) for standard \LaTeX{}).
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}%
+%% Additional column formatting types for tables.
+\RequirePackage{array}%
+%% Handling of URI formatting.
+\RequirePackage{url}%
+%% Adds more flexibiltiy to marginal notes.
+\RequirePackage[fulladjust]{marginnote}%
%%
-%% However, there are some ancillary commands commonly used in
-%% documentation which should be expected by authors of classes and
-%% packages using ClassPack.
+%% ******************************************************************
%%
-%% This section therefore implements classpack.sty, which gets invoked
-%% automatically via its entry in prepost.xml.
-%%
-%% The doctex package uses a default three-column index, which is too
-%% narrow for most purposes. We therefore make the index in two columns,
-%% and space them slightly farther apart.
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
+%% Index settings
+\@ifundefined{c at IndexColumns}{}{\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}}
\setlength{\columnsep}{3pc}
%%
-%% 1 TeX and other logos
+%% ******************************************************************
%%
-%% TeX and LaTeX are defined in the LaTeX kernel, but most of the others
-%% are not. The following definitions are taken from the ltugboat
-%% package, used for typesetting the TUGboat journal.
+%% Annotation settings
+\def\MacroFont{\fontencoding\encodingdefault
+ \ttfamily\fontseries{m}\fontshape\updefault
+ \small\selectfont\color{DarkBlue}}
+\newlength{\CPKrevmarg}
+\setlength{\CPKrevmarg}{25mm}
+\newcommand{\CPKrunningecho}[1]{\leavevmode
+ \marginnote[\sloppy\raggedleft\color{LightGrey}\hspace{0pt}#1]%
+ {\sloppy\raggedright\color{LightGrey}\hspace{0pt}#1}%
+}
+\let\marginfont\ttfamily
%%
-%% \ConTeXt{} is a typography and typesetting system meant to provide
-%% users easy and consistent access to advanced typographical control (,
-%% ).
-\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX\kern-.0333emt}
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Table of Contents
+\renewcommand*\l at subsection{%
+ \@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
+\renewcommand*\l at subsubsection{%
+ \@dottedtocline{3}{4.2em}{3.6em}}
+\renewcommand{\@pnumwidth}{3em}
+\renewcommand{\@tocrmarg}{4em plus1fil}
+%%
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Lower-level sectioning
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-1ex\@plus -.25ex \@minus -.25ex}%
+ {1ex \@plus .25ex}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}
+%%
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Appendix settings
+\renewcommand\appendix{\par
+ \setcounter{section}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
+ \gdef\thesection{\@Alph\c at section}}
+%%
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% TeX and other logos
+\def\ConTeXt{C\kern-.0333emon\-\kern-.0667em\TeX
+ \kern-.0333emt}
+\def\tubreflect#1{%
+ \@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+ \PackageError{classpack}%
+ {A graphics package must be loaded for \string\XeTeX}%
+ {Add the graphicx package to your Preamble}%
+ }{% otherwise OK
+ \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+ \raise 1.75ex \hbox{\kern.1em
+ \rotatebox{180}{#1}}\kern-.1em
+ \else
+ \reflectbox{#1}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+}
+\def\tubhideheight#1{\setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ \ht0=0pt \dp0=0pt \box0 }
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Xe[1]{\leavevmode
+ \tubhideheight{\hbox{X%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{\TeX}\setbox1=\hbox{E}%
+ \lower\dp0\hbox{\raise\dp1\hbox{%
+ \kern-.125em\tubreflect{E}}}%
+ \kern-.1667em #1}}}
+\def\XeTeX{\Xe\TeX}
+\def\XeLaTeX{\Xe{\,\LaTeX}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\SMC{%
+ \ifx\@currsize\normalsize\small\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\small\footnotesize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize\scriptsize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\large\normalsize\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\Large\large\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\LARGE\Large\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize\tiny\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\tiny\tiny\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\huge\LARGE\else
+ \ifx\@currsize\Huge\huge\else
+ \small\SMC at unknown@warning
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+}
+\newcommand\SMC at unknown@warning{\PackageError{classpack}%
+ {\string\SMC: nonstandard text font size command -- using
+ \string\small}%
+ {Check the font size or scaling for \the\@currsize}}
+\newcommand\textSMC[1]{{\SMC #1}}
+ \def\Bib{%
+ \ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt
+ B{\SMC\SMC IB}%
+ \else
+ \textsc{Bib}%
+ \fi
+}
+\def\BibTeX{\Bib\kern-.08em \TeX}
+\let\BiBTeX\BibTeX
+\let\BIBTeX\BibTeX
+%%
+%% ******************************************************************
+%%
+%% Formatting additions
+\newcommand{\CPKvstrut}{\vrule height1.2em depth.6667ex width0pt}
+\def\CPKmenusep{\thinspace$\rightarrow$\thinspace\allowbreak}
+\newcommand{\CPKprestrut}{\vrule height1em width0pt}
+\newcommand{\CPKpoststrut}{\vrule depth.5ex width0pt}
+\hyphenation{ele-ment ele-ments attri-bute attri-butes
+ docu-ment docu-ments primi-tive helico-pter}
+\renewcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\sffamily\bfseries #1}
+\newcounter{CPKcoref}
\endinput
%%
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.